xerox workcentre 5016 5020 service manual

701P48365June 2008

Work Center 5016, 5020Service Documentation

CAUTIONCertain components in the Work Center 5016/ 5020 are susceptible to damage from electrostatic dis-charge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid com-ponent damage.

AcknowledgementsPrepared by Global Knowledge & Llanguage Services - North America800 Phillips Road - Building 0218-01AWebster, New York 14580-9791ISO9001 AND ISO27001 Certified© Copyright 2007-2008 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved.Xerox® and all product names and number names are trademarks of Xerox Corporation.Printed in the USA

While Xerox has tried to make this documentation accurate, Xerox will haveno liability arising out of any inaccuracies or ommissions. Changes are peri-odically made to this document. Changes, technical inaccuracies, and typo-graphical errors will be corrected in subsequent editions.

All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for infor-mational purposes only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified product trained service personal only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that such documentation is complete, nor does Xerox represent or warrant that it will notify or provide to such customer any future changes to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or mod-ules, components or parts of such equipment may affect the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third party provided service. If the customer services such equipment, modules, components or parts thereof, the customer releases Xerox from any and all liability for the customer actions, and the customer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Xerox harmless from any third party claims which arise directly or indirectly from such service.

WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

WorkCentre 5016, 5020 Printed in the United States of America.

mentioned in this publication are trademarks of rademarks are also acknowledged.

tone, Inc.

ument. Changes, technical inaccuracies, and typo-nt editions.

AUTION

radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed ns documentation, may cause interference to radio und to comply with the limits for a Class A comput- of FCC rules, which are designed to provide rea-ce when operated in a commercial environment. l area is likely to cause interference in which case d to correct the interference.

June, 2008i

Front Matter

Service Documentation

WorkCentre 5016, 5020 Service Documentation

701P48365

Reissue

June, 2008

***Xerox Private Data***

All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product-trained service per-sonnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or mod-ules, components, or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided service.

If the customer services such equipment, modules, components or parts thereof, the customer releases Xerox from any and all liability for the customer actions, and the customer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold xerox harmless from any third party claims which arise directly or indirectly for such service.

While Xerox has tried to make the documentation accurate, Xerox will have no liability arising out of any inaccuracies or omissions. Changes are periodically made to this document. Changes, technical inaccuracies, and typographical errors will be corrected in subsequent edi-tions.

Prepared by:

Xerox Corporation

Global Knowledge and Language Services

800 Phillips Road, Bldg. 0218-01A

Webster, New York 14580-9791

USA

©2007 - 2008 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved.

Copyright protection claimed includes all forms and matters of copyrightable material and infor-mation now allowed by statutory judicial law or hereinafter granted, including without limitation, material generated from the software programs which are displayed on the screen such as icons, screen displays, looks, etc.

XEROX® and all Xerox product names XEROX CORPORATION. Other company t

PANTONE is a registered trademark of Pan

Changes are periodically made to this docgraphic errors will be corrected in subseque

C

This equipment generates, uses and can and used in accordance with the instructiocommunications. It has been tested and foing device pursuant to subpart B of part 15sonable protection against such interferenOperation of this equipment in a residentiathe user, at his own expense, will be require


Reissue
June, 2008ii
Front Matter

Introduction

Introduction

June, 2008iWorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

How To Use This Manual................................................................................................ iii


Reissue
June, 2008ii
Introduction

Introduction

How To Use This Manual Chain 1 Standby Power

tion

Symbolsout this service manual are described as follows:

ARNINGrating or maintenance procedure, practice, or ould result in personal injury or loss of life.

AUTION

g or maintenance procedure, practice, or condition damage to, or destruction of, equipment.

ating or maintenance procedure, practice, or condi-efficiently.

nt and troubleshooting.

re for reference.

rence.

ic-sensitive IC chips, which could be damaged if not arding Safety Critical Components set by XEROX

June, 2008iiiWorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

This manual is used as the standard service manual for the WorkCentre 5016, 5020.

Enter any comments and/or corrections regarding the WorkCentre 5016, 5020 Service Docu-mentationl on the Publication Comment Sheet, and send it to the Technical Support Center SDEG.

This manual describes the standard procedures for servicing the WorkCentre 5016, 5020. Refer to Section 1 Service Call Procedure for efficient and effective servicing during mainte-nance calls.

Contents of ManualThis manual is divided into nine sections as described below.

Section 1 Service Call Procedures

This section describes the structured process for determining the type and sequence of actions that are performed during a service call.

Section 2 Status Indicator RAPs

This section contains the Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) necessary to repair all faults other than image quality faults.

Section 3 Image Quality RAPs

This section contains the Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) that are used to diagnose image quality defect problems.

Section 4 Removal/Replacement and Adjustment Procedures

This section contains the removal, replacement, and adjustment procedures for components of WorkCentre 5016, 5020.

Section 5 Parts List

This section contains a list of spare parts list for the WorkCentre 5016, 5020.

Section 6 General Procedures/Information

This section contains frequently used procedures that relate to the diagnosis, setup, or opera-tion of the machine. It also contains pertinent information that will not be found in any other part of the service documentation.

Section 7 Wiring Data

This section contains the wiring information for the WorkCentre 5016, 5020. It contains a con-nector list/locator, wirenet diagrams, and Block Schematic Diagrams (BSDs) for the following chains:

Chain 2 Mode Selection

Chain 3 Machine Run Control

Chain 4 Start Print Power

Chain 6 Imaging

Chain 7 Paper Supplying

Chain 8 Paper Transportation

Chain 9 Marking

Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transporta

Description of Terminology and The terminology and symbols used through

WA Warning statement indicates an opecondition that, if not strictly observed, c

C

A Caution statement indicates an operatinthat, if not strictly observed, could result in

NOTE: A Note statement indicates an opertion that is necessary to accomplish a task

Reference:

Used when other explanations are given.

Purpose:

Used to describe the purposes of adjustme

REP:

Indicates the removal/replacement procedu

ADJ:

Indicates the adjustment procedure for refe

PL:

Indicates the parts list for reference.

ASSY:

Means Assembly.

Safety Critical Components (SCC):

These are components, such as electrostathandled properly. Follow the regulations regCorp.


Reissue
June, 2008iv
Introduction

Service Call Procedures

vice Call Procedures

June, 20081-1WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

1 Ser1.1 Before Starting Service ............................................................................................. 1-31.2 Service Call Procedure ............................................................................................. 1-41.3 Service Call Details ................................................................................................... 1-41.4 TRIM Checklist .......................................................................................................... 1-51.5 Periodic Replacement Parts/Consumables List ........................................................ 1-5


Reissue
June, 20081-2

1.1Service Call Procedures

1.1 Before Starting Service 1.1.2Things to Note When Handling Customer Dataata.

the purpose of investigation/analysis, always obtain ure you assure them that the data will not be used

changed during diagnostics.

ch as polling, were set for test purposes, make sure s after the test.

stomer data.

ed within the OpCo and ensure that customer data e.

service, observe the following:

on, so that you can take a systematic approach.

dition of the machine before removing parts or dis-

omplete, check that no parts or tools are left inside

ables

consumables, as well as the packaging materials,

WARNINGridges into a fire. Always keep them away from gniting and causing a fire.

methods for replaced parts or consumables, refer 2-138 for all machines.

g consumables, affix the "U-TAG" so that the recy-priately.

essary items on the "U-TAG."

mer's daily work.

to a trash bag and bring it to the service office.

ation in the Machine Service Log:

laced


Reissue

1.1.1SafetyTo prevent any accident that may occur during maintenance service, any warning or any cau-tion regarding the service must be strictly observed. Do not perform any hazardous operation.

1. Power Supply

To prevent electrical shocks, burns, or injury, etc., be sure to switch OFF the machine and disconnect the plug before starting the maintenance service. If the machine has to be switched ON, such as when measuring a voltage, take extra care to avoid an electrical shock.

2. Drive Area

Never inspect, clear or lubricate the drive components, such as chain belts, chain wheels or gears, when the machine is in operation.

3. Heavy Parts

When removing or installing heavy parts, keep your back straight and lift with your legs. Some parts should not be lifted by one person:

IOT (Platen): 31.5kg (requires 3 persons)

2 Tray Modules: 8.6kg (requires 2 persons)

Take extra care of your working posture to prevent backache.

4. Safety Devices

See that safety devices for preventing accidents, such as fuses, circuit breakers, interlock switches, etc., and those for protecting customers from injury, such as panels and covers, function properly. Modifications that hinder the function of any safety devices are strictly prohibited.

5. Installing and Removing Parts

The edges of parts and covers may be sharp, so take care not to touch them. Be careful not to touch those parts, and wipe off any oil that may have adhered to your fingers or hands before servicing. When pulling out parts, cables, etc., do it gently. Do not use excessive force.

6. Specified Tools

Follow the instructions when a particular tool is specified.

7. Cleaning Up Toner Spills

Since toner can be explosive, sweep or brush any spilled toner into a container to collect it. To clean away the remaining toner using a vacuum cleaner, always use an FX standard vacuum cleaner that is toner-tolerant. Never use the customer's vacuum cleaner.

8. Earthquake Preparedness Measures

If the customer requests earthquake proofing, an earthquake preparedness kit is avail-able.

Check the Service Guide for more information on the earthquake preparedness kit.

9. Modifications to the Machine

Before altering the machine, submit an irregular use license application.

10. Other Safety Precautions

Follow the recommendations in WORKING PRACTICES FOR ENGINEERS issued by FXAP EH&S (Environmental Health and Safety).

1. Handling of copied/printed customer d

Before you bring back any sample for permission from the customer. Make sfor any other purpose.

2. Security-related NVM values that were

If any security-related NVM values, suyou restore them to their original value

3. Other things to note when handling cu

Follow the safety guidelines establishdo not get compromised during servic

1.1.3 Other PrecautionsTo avoid performing wrong or unnecessary

1. Reference Materials

Read all relevant service documentati

2. Disassembling

Make sure to note the assembled conassembling it.

3. Installation and Adjustment

After the installation or adjustment is cthe machine.

4. Handling of replaced parts and consum

Make sure that any replaced parts orare taken back to the Service Center.

Never discard the Drum/Toner Cartopen flames to prevent them from i

NOTE: For separation and processingto Common Technical Information No.

• If you have replaced the followinclable parts will be handled appro

a. Drum Cartridge

b. Toner Cartridge

• For recyclable parts, fill in the nec

5. General Precautions

• Take care not to disturb the custo

• Place any service-related trash in

• Clearly record the following inform

– Details of the service call

– Parts and consumables rep


Reissue

’s condition.

paper jams

he machine.

e Log from the last call.

f Problemtatus Indicator RAPs.

2 Status Indicator RAPs.

leshoot by referring to the BSD in Section 7 Wiring

ttern (499T247), then check the quality.

rform the applicable RAP in Section 3 Image Qual-

ance call.

ing the TRIM Checklist.

c cleaning/replacement by referring to the TRIM ent Parts/Consumables List. Clean them if neces-nters of the corresponding items in the Chain Func-

June, 20081-41.2, 1.3


1.2 Service Call Procedure1.2.1 Initial Actions1. Ask the operator(s) about the machine’s condition.

2. Record the billing meter readings.

3. Inspect any faulty copies, then check the machine.

4. Check the Service Log.

1.2.2 Actions to Take During UM (Unscheduled Maintenance)1. Perform the service flow in Section 2 Status Indicator RAPs.

2. Perform the applicable RAP in Section 2 Status Indicator RAPs.

If there are no applicable RAPs, troubleshoot by referring to the BSD in Section 7 Wiring Data.

3. Check the copy quality.

Make several copies using the Test Pattern (499T247), then check the quality.

4. Look at the last 20 error codes in order to understand the machine status.

• Enter Diagnostic Mode. Enter [40-01] (Display Error History How to Enter the Diag-nostic Mode).

• When the last error code is displayed, press the [Start] key to return to the Function input screen.

• Pressing the [Stop] key during the display will stop it and return you to the Function input screen.

5. Repair all the secondary problems.

6. Perform TRIM servicing.

1.2.3 Actions to Take During SM (Scheduled Maintenance)1. Check the copy quality.

Make several copies using the Test Pattern (499T247), then check the quality.

2. Look at the last 20 error codes in order to understand the machine status.

• Enter Diagnostic Mode. Enter [40-01] (Display Error History How to Enter the Diag-nostic Mode).

• When the last error code is displayed, press the [Start] key to return to the Function input screen.

• Pressing the [Stop] key during the display will stop it and return you to the Function input screen.

3. Perform TRIM servicing.

1.2.4 Final Actions1. Check overall machine operation/features.

2. Check the machine exterior and consumables.

3. Train the operator as required.

4. Complete the Service Log and Service Report.

5. Keep the copy samples with the Service Log.

1.3 Service Call Details1.3.1 Initial Actions1. Ask the operator(s) about the machine

• Frequency and location of recent

• Copy quality

2. Record the billing meter readings.

3. Inspect any faulty copies, then check t

4. Check the copy sample and the Servic

1.3.2 Checking Reproducibility o1. Perform the service flow in Section 2 S

2. Perform the applicable RAP in Section

3. If there are no applicable RAPs, troubData.

1.3.3 Checking Copy Quality1. Make several copies using the Test Pa

2. If there is a problem in copy quality, peity.

1.3.4 TRIM ServicingPerform TRIM servicing during the mainten

1. Perform the necessary TRIM items us

2. Check for parts that require periodiChecklist and the Periodic Replacemsary. If replaced, always clear the coution.

1.4, 1.5Service Call Procedures

1.4 TRIM Checklist 1.5 Periodic Replacement Parts/Consumables Listmber of copies and the replacement interval for the ical cleaning/replacement. Clean or replace them if d at Chain-Function > NVRAM R/W, while the IIT er to Diagnostic Mode in Section 2 Status Indicator in the Diagnostic Mode, clean or replace them dard PV).

AUTION

our car for long periods of time.

Table 1

nt pies) Counters Check

[29/34] [29/24] [29/14] [29/4]Count up 1 for every feed. Replace both at the same time.

[29/25] [29/15] [29/5]Count up 1 for every feed. Replace both at the same time.

[29/39] [29/29] [29/19] [29/9]Count up 1 for every feed. Replace both at the same time.

[21/39] [21/29] [21/19] [21/9]Count up 1 for every feed.

31,000 (Warning)36,000 (Machine Stops)


Reissue

A: Check. Clean, replace, or replenish if necessary.

B: Always check and clean.

*: Always replace at the specified interval.

CAUTION

Do not touch the Drum of the Drum Cartridge.

When servicing the machine, check the nuconsumables and parts that require periodnecessary. The IOT history can be checkehistory can be checked in the Counters (refRAPs). For items that cannot be checkedaccording to the replacement intervals (stan

C

Do not keep toner and drum cartridges in y

Table 1

No. Service ItemsEvery time Service Details

1.1 Check before servicing(check machine operation)

A Turn on the machine, and make sure that there are no abnormal sounds.

1.2 Check before Servicing(copy the Test Pattern)

A Make several copies using the Test Pattern (499T247), then check the image quality.

2 Clean the interior of the machine (paper transport system)

A Clean the paper dust and toner residue in the paper path and on the jam sensor.

3 Clean the IIT A • Clean the Platen Glass surface and the Platen Cushion with the optical cleaning cloth.

• Clean the Reflector, back of the Platen Glass, mirrors and lens with the optical cleaning cloth.

5 Safety Precautions B • Make sure that the power cord is plugged in properly.

• Make sure that there are no cracks in the power plug and no holes or cuts in the power cord insulation.

• If an extension cord or power strip is used, make sure it is of sufficient capacity to handle the power requirements of the machine.

• Make sure that no more than one power plug is connected to a single socket.

6.1 Check after servicing(copy quality check)

A Make several copies using the Test Pattern (499T247), then check the image quality.

6.2 Check after servicing(check machine operation)

A • Check the paper feed.

• Make sure that there are no abnormal sounds.

6.3 Check after servicing(check the meter)

A Create the Service Log and Service Report.

NoParts/Consumables Name/PL No.

ReplacemeInterval (co

1 Tray 1 Feed Roll/ Retard Pad

50,000

2 Tray 2 Feed Roll/Retard Roll

100,000

3 MSI Feed Roll/Retard Pad

50,000

4 Fuser Unit 100,000

5 Toner Cartridge 6,000

6 Drum Cartridge 36,000


Reissue
June, 20081-61.4, 1.5

Status Indicator RAPS

tatus Indicator RAPS


Reissue

2 S Error CodesFault Repair Overview and List of Error Codes............................................................... 2-3

RAPsU0-1 Main Motor Stop Error ............................................................................................ 2-25U1-1 Main Motor Rotation Error ...................................................................................... 2-25U2-1 Carriage Module Fail .............................................................................................. 2-26U3-5 Laser Power Or ROS Motor Fail ........................................................................... 2-26U4-1 Fuser On Time Fail................................................................................................ 2-27U4-2 Over Heat Temp Fail ............................................................................................. 2-27U4-3 FS1 Thermistor Defect .......................................................................................... 2-28U4-9 Fuser Fan Defect................................................................................................... 2-28U6-2 RAM Read/Write Check Error ............................................................................... 2-29U6-3 NVM Data Defect .................................................................................................. 2-29U6-4 NVM Read/Write Cannot Be Executed ................................................................. 2-30U6-5 CPU Power To Access NVM Is Not Enough ......................................................... 2-30U7-0 UI Communication TimeOut .................................................................................. 2-31U7-1 UI Communication Error........................................................................................ 2-31U8-1 Billing Counter Defect............................................................................................ 2-32U9-0 HVPS Fail .............................................................................................................. 2-32062-300 Platen Interlock Open ....................................................................................... 2-33062-345 IISS EEPROM Failure....................................................................................... 2-33062-360 Carriage Position Fail........................................................................................ 2-34062-371 Lamp Illumination Fail ....................................................................................... 2-34062-380 AGC Failure ...................................................................................................... 2-35062-386 AOC Failure ...................................................................................................... 2-35062-392 IPS PWB Memory Fail ...................................................................................... 2-36062-393 IPS PWB Fail .................................................................................................... 2-36005-170 DADF Feed Failure ........................................................................................... 2-37005-171 DADF Regi / Exit Failure.................................................................................. 2-38005-172 DADF Inverted Document Jam ......................................................................... 2-39005-198 Short Scan Jam ................................................................................................ 2-40005-199 Long Scan Jam ................................................................................................. 2-40005-305 Feeder Top Cover Open ................................................................................... 2-41005-920 Static Jam ......................................................................................................... 2-41


Reissue
June, 20082-2



Reissue

Fault Repair Overview and List of Error CodesFault Repair OverviewThe fault repair operation proceeds in the following flow. After performing the pre-check, verify the symptoms and refer to the Error Code List and Section 7 Wiring Data to effectively repair the fault:

.

Figure 1 Troubleshooting Procedure

Check the status of Installation

Check the problem status

Perform RAP

Check if the fault is repaired

Completed

Diagnostic ModeOperating PrinciplesWiring Data

Reference Information


Reissue

expressed as follows: “P/J12" -> The connector (P/ The plug side when the connector (P/J12) is in the directly connected to a board). "J12" -> The jack the disconnected state (except when it is directly

t all the opposing pins between "P/J1" and "P/J12" d be measured.

e measured using a special tool. Handle the tool

RAPs are for reference only. Approximate values

e RAP, you must check the references for the parts ures.

the parts that are considered to be the cause of the and, if necessary, the assembly that contains those

supply is called "Tray 1," and the one below it is

cribed separately for each specification. Follow the e faults.

ing a failure. RAPs guide you through the trouble-nce of error codes and other types of problematic d to image quality, refer to Section 3 Image Quality

June, 20082-4


Check the Status of Installation

Before starting to troubleshoot, always check the following items:

• The voltage of the power supply (measure the voltage at the power outlet to see if it is within specification).

• The power cord for damage, short circuits, open circuits, and wrong internal connections.

• The machine for proper grounding.

• The machine is not installed in a place with high temperature, high humidity, low tempera-ture, low humidity, or a place with drastic changes in temperature.

• The machine is not installed near a water outlet, humidifier, heater or fire source, dusty areas, or under the direct draft of an air conditioner.

• The machine is not installed in a place where volatile or flammable gas is generated.

• The machine is not installed in a place exposed to direct sunlight.

• The machine is installed in a well-ventilated place.

• The machine is installed on a stable level surface.

• The paper is within specification (standard paper is recommended).

• The machine for any improper handling.

• The Periodic Replacement Parts are replaced at the proper intervals.

Safety Considerations

• Before servicing, always unplug the power cord unless required otherwise. When the power is turned ON, never touch a current-carrying part unless required otherwise. Also, since current is carried in the LVPS power switch/inlet even when the power is turned OFF, never touch this area.

• When turning the power ON to perform a check while the Interlock Switch or Security Switch is also turned ON and the covers are removed, always disconnect the connector ( P/J140) that is connected to the ROS, unless required otherwise, because a laser beam might be emitted from the ROS.

• When connecting the connector ( P/J520) on the HVPS according to the instructions in the RAP, never touch the HVPS and high-voltage output parts.

• When performing a high voltage output check using the Input Diagnostics or Output Diag-nostics in Diagnostic Mode, make sure that all covers are installed unless specified other-wise. Also, never touch any high voltage output section when performing the high voltage output check.

• When operating the Drive Section using the Input Diagnostics or Output Diagnostics in Diagnostic Mode, make sure that all covers are installed unless specified otherwise. Also, never touch the Drive Section while operating it.

• Be careful not to burn yourself when touching parts that can get very hot.

• When servicing, use a grounded wrist band to remove static electricity from your body.

Things to Note When Using RAPs

• When troubleshooting using RAPs, prepare normally working parts such as the AIOC PWB, LVPS, HVPS and Fuser in advance because they might be required to identify a failure. In addition, if the fault cannot be repaired, replace the "parts considered to be the cause" and related parts in sequence and check the operation.

• When servicing, always disconnect the power cord unless required otherwise. When the power cord is connected, never touch any current-carrying part unless absolutely neces-sary.

• Descriptions related to connectors areJ12) is in the connected state. "P12" ->disconnected state (except when it isside when the connector (P/J12) is inconnected to a board).

• In a RAP, "P/J1 <=> P/J2" means tha(refer to Section 7, Wiring Data) shoul

• The voltages on small connectors arcarefully because it has a sharp tip.

• The numerical values described in theare considered to be the same.

• Note that for the checks specified in ththat must be removed and their proced

• "Replacement" in the RAPs indicates problem. Check by replacing the partsparts.

• In the RAPs, the highest level papercalled "Tray 2."

• In the RAPs, some procedures are desinstructions for your model to repair th

RAP Flow

RAPs are a good place to start in diagnosshooting process by checking for the presesymptoms. To troubleshoot problems relateTroubleshooting.


orm the


Reissue

Figure 2 RAP Flow

Ask the operator about the problemDid the operator operate the machine correctly?

Turn the Power Switch OFF then ON

Does the error recur when operating the machine in the same way as before (when the problem originally occurred)?

Does the Control Panel display an Error Code?

Explain how to operate the machine

Procedure is complete

Refer to the Error Code List and perfrelevant troubleshooting

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes


Reissue

Record in Error Log RAP BSD

eed Sensor

O -CH8.1

Figure 1

June, 20082-6


Error Code List

NOTE: In the “Record in Error Log” column, “O” = yes and “X” = no.

Error Code Error Name/Explanation/I/O Diagnostic Codes/Check Items

C1-1

Error NameTray1 F/O#1 SNR on JAM

ExplanationTimeout between Tray1 Feed Clutch ON and Tray1 Feed Sensor ON.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)• [08-07] Tray1 Feed Sensor

• [08-12] Tray1 Feed Clutch

Check Items• Feed Roll or Retard Pad dirty, contaminated with paper dust, worn, or faulty

• Tray1 Feed Sensor dirty and Sensor Actuator deformed or damaged

• Paper damaged, not within specification, or not loaded correctly

• Foreign matter, burrs, or paper in the paper path

• Drive gear worn or damaged

• Tray1 Feed Clutch faulty

• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the Tray 1 F(PL 2.5)(REP 2.5.1).

– Wire between Tray 1 Feed Sensor J158-3 ( P/J158) and LVPS J501-6 ( P/J501)

– Wire between Tray 1 Feed Sensor J158-2 and LVPS J501-7


• Replace the Tray1 Feed Clutch (PL 2.2) (REP 2.2.1) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.


eed Sensor

stration Sen-

O -

CH8.1Figure 1CH8.4

Figure 4

Error Record in Error Log RAP BSD


Reissue

C1-2

Error NameTray1 Regi SNR on JAM

ExplanationTimeout between Tray1 Feed Sensor ON and IOT Registration Sensor ON.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)• [08-07] Tray1 Feed Sensor

• [08-05] IOT Registration Sensor

• [08-10] IOT Registration Clutch

Check Items• Take Away Roll 1 dirty, contaminated with paper dust, worn, or faulty

• Tray1 Feed Sensor dirty and Sensor Actuator deformed or damaged




• IOT Registration Clutch faulty

• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the Tray 1 F(PL 2.5) (REP 2.5.1).




• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the IOT Regisor (PL 2.9).

- Wire between IOT Registration Sensor J156-3 ( P/J156) and LVPS J503-1 ( P/J503)

- Wire between IOT Registration Sensor J156-2 and LVPS J503-2

- Wire between IOT Registration Sensor J156-1 and LVPS J503-3

• Replace the IOT Registration Clutch (PL 2.9) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.

Code Error Name/Explanation/I/O Diagnostic Codes/Check Items


Reissue

Sensor (PL

.5) (REP

O -CH8.2

Figure 2


June, 20082-8


C2-1

Error NameSTM F/O#2 SNR on JAM

ExplanationTimeout between STM Feed Motor ON and STM Feed Sensor ON.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)• [08-06] STM Feed Sensor

• [08-11] STM Feed Clutch

• [08-13] STM Feed Motor

Check Items• Tray2 Feed Roll or Tray2 Retard Roll dirty, contaminated with paper dust, worn, or faulty

• STM Feed Sensor dirty and Sensor Actuator deformed or damaged




• STM Feed Clutch faulty

• STM Feed Motor faulty

• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the STM Feed11.5) (REP 11.5.1 ).

– - Wire between STM Feed Sensor J172-3 ( P/J172) and STM PWB J542-6 ( P/J542)

– - Wire between STM Feed Sensor J172-2 and STM PWB J542-7

– - Wire between STM Feed Sensor J172-1 and STM PWB J542-8

• Replace the STM Feed Clutch (PL 11.6) (REP 11.6.1), the STM Feed Motor (PL 11.6) (REP 11.6.2), and the STM PWB (PL 1111.5.2 ) in that order.



Sensor (PL

eed Sensor

.5) (REP

O -

CH8.1Figure 1CH8.2

Figure 2



Reissue

C2-2

Error NameTray1 F/O#1 SNR on JAM from STM feed

ExplanationTimeout between STM Feed Out Sensor ON and Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor ON.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)• [08-06] STM Feed Sensor

• [08-07] Tray1 Feed Sensor

• [08-11] STM Feed Clutch

• [08-13] STM Feed Motor


• STM Feed Sensor dirty and Sensor Actuator deformed or damaged




• STM Feed Clutch faulty

• STM Feed Motor faulty

• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the STM Feed11.5) (REP 11.5.1).

– Wire between STM Feed Sensor J172-3 ( P/J172) and STM PWB J542-6 ( P/J542)

– Wire between STM Feed Sensor J172-2 and STM PWB J542-7



– Wire between Tray 1 Feed Sensor J158-3 ( P/J158) and STM PWB J501-6 ( P/J501)

– Wire between Tray 1 Feed Sensor J158-2 and STM PWB J501-7


• Replace the STM Feed Clutch (PL 11.6) (REP 11.6.1), the STM Feed Motor (PL 11.6) (REP 11.6.2), and the STM PWB (PL 1111.5.2) in that order.



Reissue

eed Sensor

stration Sen-

O -

CH8.1Figure 1CH8.4

Figure 4

e job).

Paper Sen-

X -CH7.1

Figure 1


June, 20082-10


C2-3

Error NameSTM Regi SNR on JAM

Explanation• When feeding paper from the STM, timeout between Tray1 Feed Sensor ON and IOT Registration Sensor ON.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)• [08-05] IOT Registration Sensor

• [08-10] IOT Registration Clutch


• IOT Registration Sensor dirty and Sensor Actuator deformed or damaged













• Replace the IOT Registration Clutch (PL 2.9) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.

C5-0

Error NameNo paper in the selected paper tray (Tray1)

Explanation• No paper is detected in Tray1 when ATS function is disabled and Tray1 is selected during a copy job.

• No paper is detected in Tray1 when Tray1 is selected during a print job (the paper size setting matches the one specified for th

I/O Diagnostic Codes[07-07] Tray1 No Paper Sensor

Check Items• Press the [Stop] button on the Control Panel.

• Check the tray to see if it is empty; if it is, add paper specified by the job.

• Tray1 No Paper Sensor dirty and Sensor Actuator deformed or damaged

• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the Tray 1 Nosor (PL 2.7) (REP 2.7.1).

– Wire between Tray1 No Paper Sensor J157-3 ( P/J157) and LVPS J501-3 ( P/J501)

– Wire between Tray1 No Paper Sensor J157-2 and LVPS J501-4

– Wire between Tray1 No Paper Sensor J157-1 and LVPS J501-5

• Replace the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1).



X - -

the job).

Paper Sen-

X -CH7.2

Figure 2

b.X - -

.X - -



Reissue

C5-1

Error NameTray1 Paper Size Mismatch

Explanation• Paper that is different from the one in the Tray Settings is detected when feeding.

• Or, paper size setting in Tray1 is different from the paper size specification of the job when Tray1 is selected during a print job.


• Change the paper size of Tray 1 to the one specified by the job.

C6-0

Error NameNo paper in the selected paper tray (Tray2)

Explanation• No paper is detected in the STM when ATS function is disabled and STM is selected during a copy job.

• No paper is detected in the STM when STM is selected during a print job (the paper size setting matches the one specified for

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)[07-08] STM No Paper Sensor


• Load the correct paper into the STM.

• STM No Paper Sensor dirty and Sensor Actuator deformed or damaged.

• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the STM Nosor (PL 11.7) (REP 11.7.1).

– Wire between STM No Paper Sensor J171-3 ( P/J171) and STM PWB J542-3 ( P/J542)

– Wire between STM No Paper Sensor J171-2 and STM PWB J542-4

– Wire between STM No Paper Sensor J171-1 and STM PWB J542-5

• Replace the STM PWB (PL 11.5) (REP 11.5.2) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1).

C6-1

Error NameTray2 Paper Size Mismatch


• Or, paper size setting in the STM is different from the paper size specification of the job when STM is selected during a print jo


• Change the paper size of STM to the one specified by the job.

C7-1

Error NameMSI Paper Size Mismatch


• Or, paper size setting in the MSI is different from the paper size specification of the job when MSI is selected during a print job


• Change the paper size of Bypass to the one specified by the job.



Reissue

g a copy job.

uring a print X -CH3.2

Figure 2

stration Sen-

there is no

O -

CH8.3Figure 3CH8.4

Figure 4


June, 20082-12


C0-1

Error NameAPS NG Unselected

Explanation• Either Tray 1 or STM is in one of the "paper settings is of a size that causes missing image" states when APS is selected durin

• Or, either Tray 1 or STM is "set with paper size that is different from the one specified for the job" when Auto Tray is selected djob.


• Change the paper size of Tray 1 or STM to the one specified by the job.

C9-3

Error NameMSI Regi SNR on JAM

ExplanationTimeout between Bypass Solenoid ON and IOT Registration Sensor ON.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)• [08-05] IOT Registration Sensor

• [08-17] Bypass Solenoid

Check Items• Bypass Feed Roll, Retard Pad, or Bypass Take Away Roll dirty, contaminated with paper dust, worn, or faulty

• IOT Registration Sensor dirty and Sensor Actuator deformed or damaged




• Bypass Solenoid faulty





• Check that the Bypass Solenoid and the LVPS J502-1/3 ( P/J502) pins are connected securely with good electrical contact. If problem, replace the Bypass Solenoid (PL 7.5).




eed Sensor

O -CH8.1

Figure 1

Sensor (PL

O -CH8.2

Figure 2

eleted. O - -



Reissue

C8-1

Error NameF/O#1 SNR Static JAM

ExplanationTray1 Feed Sensor ON is detected during standby.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)[08-07] Tray1 Feed Sensor

Check Items• Tray1 Feed Sensor dirty and Sensor Actuator deformed or damaged



– Wire between Tray 1 Feed Sensor J158-3 ( P/J158) and STM PWB J501-6 ( P/J501)




C8-2

Error NameF/O#2 SNR Static JAM

ExplanationSTM Feed Sensor ON is detected during standby.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)[08-06] STM Feed Sensor

Check Items• STM Feed Sensor dirty and Sensor Actuator deformed or damaged


• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the STM Feed11.5) (REP 11.5.1).

– Wire between STM Feed Sensor J172-3 ( P/J172) and STM PWB J542-6 ( P/J542)



• Replace the STM PWB (PL 11.5) (REP 11.5.2) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.

E0-1

Error NameCPM Image Lost

ExplanationDuring a copy job in CMP Priority Mode, it is detected that the paper containing an image cannot be output after the image is d

Check ItemsPress the [Stop] button on the Control Panel.



Reissue

stration Sen-

O -CH8.4

Figure 4

t Sensor (PL

O -CH10.2Figure 2


June, 20082-14


E1-6

Error NameRegi SNR Static JAM

ExplanationIOT Registration Sensor ON is detected during standby.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)[08-05] IOT Registration Sensor

Check Items• Sensor dirty






• Replace the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1)(REP 8.1.1).

E3-6

Error NameExit SNR JAM

ExplanationFuser Exit Sensor ON is detected during standby.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)[10-23] Fuser Exit Sensor

Check Items• Fuser Exit Sensor dirty and Sensor Actuator deformed or damaged


• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the Fuser Exi6.2).

– Wire between Fuser Exit Sensor J153-3 ( P/J153) and LVPS J505-1 ( P/J505)

– Wire between Fuser Exit Sensor J153-2 and LVPS J505-2





r Interlock

X -CH1.2

Figure 2

ver Interlock

X -CH1.2

Figure 2

terlock

X -CH7.1

Figure 1



Reissue

E5-1

Error NameIOT L/H Cover open

ExplanationThe Left Hand Cover is open.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)[01-01] LH Cover Interlock Switch

Check Items• Check that the Left Hand Cover closes correctly.

• Check that the LH Cover Interlock Switch is correctly installed and that the electrical connection is good.

• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the LH CoveSwitch (PL 8.2).

– Wire between LH Cover Interlock Switch FS151 ( FS151) and LVPS J506-4 ( P/J506)

– Wire between LH Cover Interlock Switch FS152 ( FS152) and LVPS J506-3

• Replace the LVPS (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.2) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.

E5-2

Error NameIOT Front Cover open

ExplanationThe Front Cover is open.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)[01-12] Front Cover Interlock Switch

Check Items• Check that the Front Cover closes correctly.

• Check that the Front Cover Interlock Switch is correctly installed and that the electrical connection is good.

• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the Front CoSwitch (PL 8.2).

– Wire between Front Cover Interlock Switch FS153 ( FS153) and LVPS J506-2 ( P/J506)

– Wire between Front Cover Interlock Switch FS154 ( FS154) and LVPS J506-1


E6-1

Error NameL/H Low Cover open

ExplanationAccess Cover 1 is open.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)[01-11] Tray1 Interlock Switch

Check Items• Check that Access Cover 1 closes correctly.

• Check that the Tray 1 Interlock Switch is correctly installed and that the electrical connection is good.

• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the Tray 1 InSwitch (PL 2.5).

– Wire between Tray 1 Interlock Switch J161-2 ( P/J161) and LVPS J501-9 ( P/J501)

– Wire between Tray 1 Interlock Switch J161-1 and LVPS J501-10




Reissue

rlock Switch

t order.

X -CH7.2

Figure 2

X -CH3.2

Figure 2

X -CH3.2

Figure 2


June, 20082-16


E6-2

Error NameSTM L/H Cover open

ExplanationAccess Cover 2 is open.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)[01-10] STM Interlock Switch

Check Items• Check that Access Cover 2 closes correctly.

• Check that the STM Interlock Switch is correctly installed and that the electrical connection is good.

• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the STM Inte(PL 11.5).

– Wire between STM Interlock Switch J173-2 ( P/J173) and STM PWB J542-9 ( P/J542)

– Wire between STM Interlock Switch J173-1 and STM PWB J542-10

• Replace the STM PWB (PL 11.5) (REP 11.5.2), the LVPS (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.2), and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in tha

E8-1

Error NameNup NG Out Of Range

ExplanationThe magnification is not within the range of 50 to 200% during Nup.


• Press the [Paper Supply] button on the Control Panel.

• Press the [Special Copy] button on the Control Panel.

• Press the [Original Size Input] button on the Control Panel.

• Press the [Clear All] button on the Control Panel.

E8-2

Error NameNup Paper direction mismatch

ExplanationThe paper orientation of the document and the tray are not aligned during Nup.


• Press the [Paper Supply] button on the Control Panel.

• Press the [Special Copy] button on the Control Panel.

• Press the [Original Size Input] button on the Control Panel.

• Press the [Clear All] button on the Control Panel.



ct. If there is

t Sensor (PL

O -CH10.2Figure 2

t Sensor (PL

O -CH10.2Figure 2



Reissue

E1-2

Error NameExit SNR on JAM

ExplanationTimeout between IOT Registration Clutch ON and Fuser Exit Sensor ON.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)• [08-10] IOT Registration Clutch

• [10-23] Fuser Exit Sensor

Check Items• Registration Roll dirty, contaminated with paper dust, worn, or faulty

• Fuser Exit Sensor dirty and Sensor Actuator deformed or damaged

• Paper damaged or not within specification




• Check that the IOT Registration Clutch and the LVPS J503-4/5 ( P/J503) pins are connected securely with good electrical contano problem, replace the IOT Registration Clutch (PL 2.9).






E3-1

Error NameExit SNR off JAM

ExplanationTimeout between Fuser Exit Sensor ON and Fuser Exit Sensor OFF.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)[10-23] Fuser Exit Sensor

Check Items• Fuser Exit Sensor dirty and Sensor Actuator deformed or damaged

• Paper damaged or not within specification










Reissue

O -CH3.1

Figure 1

X -CH3.2

Figure 2

If there is no

X - -

t. If there is

O -CH9.2

Figure 2


June, 20082-18


H9-7

Error Name• MCU-STM comm. error

ExplanationA communication failure has occurred between the MCU and the Tray Module.

Check Items• Turn the power OFF then ON.

• Check for any open circuit or short circuit between the STM connectors.

• Replace the STM PWB (PL 11.5) (REP 11.5.2) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.

L9-0

Error NameCopy Counter Full

ExplanationThe user that is logged in has reached the allotted copy limit in the Account Mode.


J1-0

Error NameToner Cartridge was PRENEAR empty

ExplanationThe toner cartridge is low.

Check Items• Refill the toner.

• Foreign matter on the sensor.

• Check that the Toner Empty Sensor and the LVPS J509-1-4 ( P/J509) pins are connected securely with good electrical contact. problem, replace the Toner Empty Sensor (PL 4.2).


J1-2

Error NameToner Empty

ExplanationThe Toner Cartridge is empty.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)[09-07] Toner Empty Sensor

Check Items• Refill the toner.

• Foreign matter on the sensor.

• Check that the Toner Empty Sensor and the LVPS J509 ( P/J509) 1-4 pins are connected securely with good electrical contacno problem, replace the Toner Empty Sensor (PL 4.2).




rtridge (PL O -CH9.2

Figure 2

X - -

O - -



Reissue

J3-1

Error NameNo Drum Cartridge

ExplanationUnable to detect the Drum Cartridge.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)[09-02] Drum Cartridge


• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the Drum Ca4.1) (REP 4.1.1).

– Wire between Drum Cartridge P610-7 ( P610) and AIOC PWB J402-1 ( P/J402)

– Wire between Drum Cartridge P610-3 and AIOC PWB J402-4





• Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REP 4.1.1) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.

J6-0

Error NameDrum near end of life

ExplanationThe Drum Cartridge is near the end of its life.

Check ItemsReplace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REP 4.1.1).

J6-1

Error NameDrum cartridge life end

ExplanationThe Drum Cartridge has reached the end of its life.

Check ItemsReplace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REP 4.1.1).



Reissue

rtridge (PL O -CH9.2

Figure 2

O -CH9.2

Figure 2

O -CH9.2

Figure 2

O - -


June, 20082-20


J7-1

Error NameDrum CRUM comm. Error

ExplanationThe AIOC PWB is unable to communicate with the Drum Cartridge.

I/O Diagnostic Codes (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode)• [09-02] Drum Cartridge


• Check that the following wires are connected securely with good electrical contact. If there is no problem, replace the Drum Ca4.1) (REP 4.1.1).

– Wire between Drum Cartridge P610-7 ( P610) and AIOC PWB J402-1 ( P/J402)






• Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REP 4.1.1) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.

J7-2

Error NameDrum CRUM Market Identity Mismatch

ExplanationThe AIOC PWB has detected that the Drum CRUM destination does not match.


• Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REP 4.1.1).

J7-3

Error NameDrum CRUM ID error

Explanation• The AIOC PWB has detected that the Drum CRUM ID is incorrect.


• Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REP 4.1.1).

N1-1

Error NameEPC Memory Full

Explanation• During a copy job in Collate Mode, the EPC memory is full.

• Or, the machine has reached a state where it is unable to scan in any more documents.




O -CH3.2

Figure 2

O -CH3.2

Figure 2

-

-

O - -

O - -



Reissue

N4-0

Error NameNo Response from USB-Host

Explanation• Either "USB disconnected" or "Communication timed-out" is detected during a print job.

• Or, either "USB disconnected" or "Communication timed-out" is detected during a scan job.

Check Items• Cancel the print job.

• Reconnect the USB cable correctly.

N4-1

Error NameHBPL or XPJL Syntax Error

ExplanationAn abnormal command that cannot be ignored is received from the USB-Host during a print job.

Check Items• Cancel the print job.

• Reconnect the USB cable correctly.

N4-2

Error NameDownload File Error

ExplanationThere is an abnormal Product ID or there is a checksum error in the download file.


N4-3

Error NameDownload Flash Write Error

ExplanationUnable to write the downloaded file into flash memory.


E0-1

Error NameCPM Image Lost

ExplanationDuring a copy job in CPM Priority Mode, the paper containing an image cannot be output after the image is deleted.


N5-0

Error NamePush Scan TimeOut

Explanation• Push scan notification failed during a scan job.

• Or, there is no scan job request from the PC after a push scan notification.

Check ItemsThe error will clear itself after a set amount of time has passed.



Reissue

O -CH3.2

Figure 2

O -CH3.2

Figure 2

O U0-1CH4.1

Figure 1

O U1-1CH4.1

Figure 1

O U2-1CH6.2

Figure 2

O U3-5CH6.3

Figure 3

O U4-1CH10.1Figure 1




June, 20082-22


N9-0

Error NameController Logic fail

ExplanationA software defect that cannot be ignored is found in the Controller software.

Check ItemsTurn the power OFF then ON.

N9-1

Error NameIOT Communication Error

ExplanationThe AIOC PWB has detected a Type-Di communication error.

Check ItemsTurn the power OFF then ON.

U0-1

Error NameMain Motor stop error

ExplanationThe motor runs for over 120 seconds without any paper being fed.

U1-1

Error NameMain Motor rotation error

Explanation500ms after the IOT has started, the Main Motor Lock signal is "Low."

U2-1

Error NameCarriage Module Fail

ExplanationAn abnormality was detected in the Carriage Module.

U3-5

Error NameLaser Power or ROS Motor Fail

Explanation• The ROS Motor is unable to rotate.

• Or, the laser output is not normal.

U4-1

Error NameFuser On Time Fail

Explanation• The lamp did not turn OFF within the specified time after turning ON.

• Or, Warm Up was not completed within the specified time after power ON.

U4-2

Error NameOver Heat Temp Fail

ExplanationA temperature above 250°C is continuously detected for 480ms.

U4-3

Error NameFS1 thermistor defect

ExplanationFS1 cannot be monitored any more.




O U6-2CH3.2

Figure 2

O U6-3CH3.2

Figure 2

O U6-4CH3.2

Figure 2

O U6-5CH3.2

Figure 2

X U7-0CH2.1

Figure 1

X U7-1CH2.1

Figure 1

O U8-1CH3.2

Figure 2

O U9-0CH9.1

Figure 1



Reissue

U4-9

Error NameFuser Fan defect

ExplanationAfter the start of Fan Fail Signal monitoring, the signal level was Low not more than 30 times.

U6-2

Error NameRAM read/write check error

ExplanationWhen the MCU runs the overall Read/Write check for RAM during startup, the Read Data and Write Data do not match.

U6-3

Error NameNVM data defect

Explanation• The NVM Header data ERROR and NVM 3 page data do not match.

• Or, unable to find the NVM Write & Read area.

• The NVM or Counter areas are full.

U6-4

Error NameNVM read/write cannot be executed

Explanation• An NVM Ack NG is detected during NVM Read.

• An NVM Write Error is detected 5 times during NVM Recovery.

U6-5

Error NameCPU Power to access NVM is not enough

ExplanationNVM queue full is detected during NVM Write.

U7-0

Error NameUI Communication TimeOut

ExplanationAt the Power On Sequence, the AIOC PWB did not communicate with the User Interface PWB.

U7-1

Error NameUI Communication Error

ExplanationThe User Interface PWB has detected a communication failure.

U8-1

Error NameBilling Counter Defect

Explanation• It is detected that the Billing Counter Value is incorrect.

• Or, the AOIC PWB has failed to read the Billing Counter.

U9-0

Error NameHVPS fail

ExplanationA 500 msec cycle of the signal HVPS#ERR=High was detected twice in a row.



Reissue

Document Jamize

t

n JAM

Paper Jam

JAM

JAM

n JAM from STM feed

AM

AM

AM

AM

M

Tray-related errors

ismatch

ismatch

match

ct paper tray (Tray1)

ct paper tray (Tray2)

Resolvable by replac-ing parts

nd

. Error

t Identity Mismatch

r

An error that only stops scanning

Error Characteristic

June, 20082-24


Display Priority in Case of Multiple ErrorsWhen multiple errors occur simultaneously, they will be shown on the Control Panel display in the following priority order. Always begin troubleshooting with the highest-priority error.

Priority Order

Error Code Error Name Error Characteristic

1 (Highest)

U7-0 UI Communication TimeOut Unable to control the display at the Control-

ler2 U7-1 UI Communication Error

3 H9-7 MCU-STM comm. error

Fatal Error

4 N9-1 IOT Communication Error

5 N9-0 Controller Logic fail

6 U0-1 Main Motor stop error

7 U1-1 Main Motor rotation error

8 U2-1 Carriage Module Fail

9 U3-5 Laser Power or ROS Motor Fail

10 U4-1 Fuser On Time Fail

11 U4-2 Over Heat Temp Fail

12 U4-3 FS1 thermistor defect

13 U4-9 Fuser Fan defect

14 U6-2 RAM read/write check error

15 U6-3 NVM data defect

16 U6-4 NVM read/write cannot be executed

17 U6-5 RAM read/write check error

18 U8-1 Billing Counter Defect

19 U9-0 HVPS fail

20 E9-1 AMS NG Out Of Range

Dynamic Error(Job Cancel)

21 E9-2 Paper direction mismatch

22 E8-1 Nup NG Out Of Range

23 E8-2 Nup Paper direction mismatch

24 L9-0 Copy Counter Full

25 N4-0 No Response from USB-Host

26 N4-1 HBPL or XPJL Syntax Error

27 N4-2 Download File Error

27 N4-3 Download Flash Write Error

29 N5-0 Push Scan TimeOut

30 A5-1 Platen Cover Open Document Cover Open

32 E5-1 IOT L/H Cover open

Paper Cover Open33 E5-2 IOT Front Cover open

34 E6-1 L/H Low Cover open

35 E6-2 STM L/H Cover open

36 A1-1 Doc Misfeed Jam

37 A2-2 No Supported Doc S

38 A4-1 Short Length Detec

39 A4-2 Long Length Detect

40 C1-1 Tray1 F/O#1 SNR o

41 C1-2 Tray1 Regi SNR on

42 C2-1 STM F/O#2 SNR on

43 C2-2 Tray1 F/O#1 SNR o

44 C2-3 STM Regi SNR on J

46 C9-3 MSI Regi SNR on J

47 E1-2 Exit SNR on JAM

48 E3-1 Exit SNR off JAM

49 C8-1 F/O#1 SNR Static J

50 C8-2 F/O#2 SNR Static J

51 E1-6 Regi SNR Static JA

52 E3-6 Exit SNR JAM

53 E0-1 CPM Image Lost

54 C0-1 APS NG Unselected

56 C5-1 Tray1 Paper Size M

57 C6-1 Tray2 Paper Size M

58 C7-1 MSI Paper Size Mis

59 C5-0 No paper in the sele

60 C6-0 No paper in the sele

61 J1-2 Toner Empty

62 J3-1 No Drum cartridge

63 J6-1 Drum cartridge life e

64 J7-1 Drum CRUM comm

65 J7-2 Drum CRUM Marke

66 J7-3 Drum CRUM ID erro

67 N1-1 EPC Memory Full

Priority Order

Error Code Error Name

U0-1, U1-1Status Indicator RAPS

U0-1 Main Motor Stop Error U1-1 Main Motor Rotation Error

otor Lock signal is Low.

over. Execute diagnostics [04--01 Main Motor On]. OT Motor can be heard rotating.

504 and P/J201 are connected securely.

urely.

WB P504-1 ( P/J504) (+) and GND (-). The volt-

8.1.2).

04) and J201-3 ( P/J201). The wire is not

1.1.1) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in

1.1 ) (REP 1.1.1). The IOT Motor is installed

.1.1) properly.

unterclockwise by hand. It rotates smoothly,

t obstruct the drive and for any incorrectly installed or incorrectly installed parts.

REP 1.1.1).

ix any installation errors.

nd J201-3 ( P/J201). The wire is not shorted

1) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that


Reissue

BSD-Reference: CH4.1 (Figure 1)

ExplanationThe motor runs for over 120 seconds without any paper being fed.

ProcedureThe problem can be solved according to RAP U1- 1 Main Motor Rotation Error (U1-1).Y N

Execute diagnostics [29-49] (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode) to check the ROM ver-sion. The ROM is the latest version.Y N

Upgrade the ROM to the latest version.

Replace the IOT Motor (PL 1.1) (REP 1.1.1) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.

Completed


Explanation500 ms after the IOT Motor starts, the IOT M

ProcedureClose the Left Hand Cover and the Front C(How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode) The IY N

Check P/J504 and P/J201. Both P/JY N

Connect P/J504 and P/J201 sec

Measure the voltage between LVPS Page is approximately +24VDC.Y N

Replace the LVPS (PL 8.1) (REP

Check the wire between J504-3 ( P/J5shorted or open.Y N

Repair the wire.

Replace the IOT Motor (PL 1.1) (REPthat order.

Check the installation of the IOT Motor (PL properly.Y N

Install the IOT Motor (PL 1.1 ) (REP 1

Turn the rotor of the IOT Motor (PL 1.1 ) cowithout any abnormal load.Y N

Check for any foreign substances thaparts. There are foreign substancesY N

Replace the IOT Motor (PL 1.1) (

Remove any foreign substances and f

Check the wire between J504-3 ( P/J504) aor open.Y N

Repair the wire.

Replace the IOT Motor (PL 1.1) (REP 1.1.order.


Reissue

Motor Fail

output is not normal.

(How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode) The ROS

C PWB P403-7 ( P/J403) (+) and GND (-). The

(REP 8.1.1) and the LVPS (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.2) in

) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that

B P403-1 ( P/J403) (+) and GND (-). The volt-

8.1.1).

PWB P/J140 ( P/J140), and P/J130 ( P/J130) con- connectors are connected securely.

403), LD PWB P/J140 ( P/J140), and P/J130 ( P/

d J140 ( P/J140) and between J403 and J130 ( P/.

the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.

June, 20082-26U2-1, U3-5


U2-1 Carriage Module FailBSD-Reference: CH6.2 (Figure 2)

ExplanationA carriage fault was detected.

ProcedureExecute diagnostics [05-22 Move scanner to home position] and [05-23 Move scanner to main-tenance position]. (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode) The carriage moves.Y N

Check each IIT Carriage connector. Each connector is connected securely.Y N

Connect each connector securely.

Check for foreign substances and deformed parts in the carriage. None is found.Y N

Remove the foreign substances and repair the deformed parts.

Replace the IIT Carriage (PL 10.3)(REP 10.3.1).

Execute diagnostics [05-23 Move scanner to maintenance position]. When the IIT Carriage has moved to the leftmost position, press the [Stop] button to put the Carriage Sensor into the blocked state. Execute diagnostics [5-11 Home Sensor], and "H" is displayed.Y N

Check each IIT Carriage and Carriage Sensor connector. Each connector is con-nected securely.Y N


Replace the Carriage Sensor (PL 10.6) and the IIT Carriage (PL 10.3) (REP 10.3.1) in that order.

Check the Carriage Sensor (PL 10.6 ). The Carriage Sensor is installed properly.Y N

Install the Carriage Sensor (PL 10.6) properly.

Replace the IIT Carriage (PL 10.3) (REP 10.3.1).

U3-5 Laser Power Or ROS BSD-Reference: CH6.3 (Figure 3)

ExplanationThe ROS Motor does not turn, or the laser

ProcedureExecute diagnostics [6-15 ROS Motor ON].Motor can be heard rotating.Y N

Measure the voltage between the AIOvoltage is approximately +24VDC.Y N

Replace the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1)that order.

Replace the ROS (PL 3.1) (REP 3.1.1order.

Measure the voltage between the AIOC PWage is approximately +5VDC.Y N

Replace the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP

Check the AIOC PWB P/J403 ( P/J403), LDnectors. The P/J403, P/J140, and P/J130Y N

Connect the AIOC PWB P/J403 ( P/JJ130) connectors securely.

Check the wires between J403 ( P/J403) anJ130) The wires are not shorted or openY N

Repair the wire(s).

Replace the ROS (PL 3.1) (REP 3.1.1) and


U4-1 Fuser On Time Fail U4-2 Over Heat Temp Fail

cted continuously for 480 ms.

t FuserOverTemp] becomes "1." Run [NVM 50-20 set it. (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode) Check o open circuit between J601-1 ( P/J601) and of 228k ohms (cold).

).

P601 ( P/J601). The wire between J408 and

e LVPS (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.2), and the AIOC PWB


Reissue


Explanation• The lamp did not turn OFF within the specified time after turning ON.

• Or, Warm Up was not completed within the specified time after power ON.

ProcedureWhen U4-1 occurs, [NVM 50-20 FSR Reset FuserOverTemp] becomes "3." Run [NVM 50-20 FSR Reset FuserOverTemp] using "0" to reset it. (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode) Check to see if there is paper in the Fuser. The Fuser is normal and there is no paper in it.Y N

Remove the paper.

Check the condition of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed properly.Y N

Install the Fuser properly.

Remove the Fuser. Check the conductivity between the Thermostat contacts. The contacts are conductive. Y N

Replace the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1).

Check the Heater Rod for an open circuit. There is no open circuit between J600-1 ( P/J600) and J600-2.Y N


Check the resistance of the Thermistor. There is no open circuit between J601-1 ( P/J601) and J601-2, and the resistance is a minimum of 228k ohms (cold).Y N


Immediately after Main Switch ON, the voltage between J3-3 ( P/J3) (ACH) and J3-1 (ACN) is approximately 200VAC.Y N

Replace the LVPS (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.2).

Check the wire between J408 ( P/J408) and P601 ( P/J601). The wire between J408 and P601 is not shorted or open.Y N

Repair the wire.

Check the wire between J3 ( P/J3) and P600 ( P/J600). The wire between J3 and P600 is not shorted or open.Y N

Repair the wire.

Replace the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1), the LVPS (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.2), and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.


ExplanationA temperature of 250°C or higher was dete

ProcedureWhen U4-2 occurs, [NVM 50-20 FSR ReseFSR Reset FuserOverTemp] using "0" to rethe resistance of the Thermistor. There is nJ601-2, and the resistance is a minimumY N

Replace the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1

Check the wire between J408 ( P/J408) andP601 is not shorted or open.Y N

Repair the wire.

Replace the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1), th(PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.


Reissue

, the signal level was Low not more than 30 times.

HAD Fan (PL 9.2). The NOHAD Fan is rotating.

C PWB P405-3 ( P/J405) (+) and GND (-). The

(REP 8.1.1).


B P405-2 P/J405 (+) and GND (-). The voltage


1).

June, 20082-28U4-3, U4-9


U4-3 FS1 Thermistor DefectBSD-Reference: CH10.1 (Figure 1)

ExplanationThermistor FS1 cannot be monitored any more.

ProcedureCheck the condition of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed properly.Y N

Install the Fuser properly.

Check the resistance of the Thermistor. There is no open circuit between J601-1 ( P/J601) and J601-2, and the resistance is a minimum of 228k ohms (cold).Y N


Check the wire between J408 ( P/J408) and P601 ( P/J601). The wire is not shorted or open.Y N

Repair the wire.

Replace the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.

U4-9 Fuser Fan DefectBSD-Reference: CH10.3 (Figure 3)

ExplanationAfter the start of Fan Fail Signal monitoring

ProcedureTurn the power ON. Visually check the NOY N

Measure the voltage between the AIOvoltage is approximately +24VDC.Y N

Replace the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1)

Replace the NOHAD Fan (PL 9.2) and

Measure the voltage between the AIOC PWis 0.Y N

Replace the NOHAD Fan (PL 9.2) and

Replace the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.


U6-2 RAM Read/Write Check Error U6-3 NVM Data Defect

ta are mismatched.

found.

onnector is connected securely.

.

1).


Reissue


ExplanationWhen the AIOC PWB checked RAM read/write at activation, a mismatch of read and write data was detected.

ProcedureCheck each AIOC PWB connector. Each connector is connected securelyY N


Turn the power OFF and ON. U6-2 recurs.Y N

Completed

Replace the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1).


Explanation• NVM Header data and NVM 3 page da

• Or, the NVM Write & Read area is not

• Or, the NVM or Counter area is full.

ProcedureCheck each AIOC PWB connector. Each cY N


Turn the power OFF and ON. U6-3 recursY N

Completed



Reissue

s NVM Is Not Enough

detected.

OM version. (How to Enter the Diagnostic

.

1).

June, 20082-30U6-4, U6-5


U6-4 NVM Read/Write Cannot Be ExecutedBSD-Reference: CH3.2 (Figure 2)

Explanation• During NVM read/write, the NVM Ack NG state was detected.

• Or, during NVM repairs, an NVM write error was detected five times.

ProcedureCheck each AIOC PWB connector. Each connector is connected securely.Y N


Turn the power OFF and ON. U6-4 recurs.Y N

Completed


U6-5 CPU Power To AccesBSD-Reference: CH3.2 (Figure 2)

ExplanationAt NVM write, the NVM queue full state was

ProcedureExecute diagnostics [29-49] to check the RMode) The ROM is the latest version.Y N

Upgrade the ROM to the latest version



U7-0 UI Communication TimeOut U7-1 UI Communication Error

nication failure.

. Each connector is connected securely.

.

REP 8.4.1).


Reissue


ExplanationAt Power ON, the AIOC PWB does not communicate with the User Interface PWB.

ProcedureMeasure each voltage between AIOC PWB J401-1 ( P/J401) (+), J401-2 (+), and GND (-). The voltages are approximately +5VDC.Y N


Check the wire between J401 ( P/J401) and J710 ( P/J710). The wire is neither shorted nor open.Y N

Repair the wire.

Replace the User Interface PWB (PL 8.4) (REP 8.4.1) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1) in that order.


ExplanationThe User Interface PWB detected a commu

ProcedureCheck each User Inferface PWB connectorY N


Turn the power OFF and ON. U7-1 recursY N

Completed

Replace the User Interface PWB (PL 8.4) (


Reissue

etected twice in a row.

over. Make sure that the Drum Cartridge and the asure the voltages between P406-2 ( P/J406) (+)/d ground (-). The voltages are approximately

8.1.1) and the HVPS (PL 8.2) (REP 8.2.1) in that

Voltage)]. (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode) -4 (+)/P406-5 (+) become 0.

8.1.1).

he problem is solved.

( P/J406) (+) on the AIOC PWB and ground (-)..

) and J406-1 ( P/J406) on the HVPS PWB for a

VPS (PL 8.2) (REP 8.2.1).

8.1.1).

June, 20082-32U8-1, U9-0


U8-1 Billing Counter DefectBSD-Reference: CH3.2 (Figure 2)

Explanation• An illegal Billing Counter value was detected.

• Or, the AIOC PWB failed to read the Billing Counter.

ProcedureTBD

U9-0 HVPS FailBSD-Reference: CH9.1 (Figure 1)

ExplanationA 500 ms cycle of HVPS#ERR=High was d

ProcedureClose the Left Hand Cover and the Front CTransfer Corotron are properly seated. MeP406-4(+)/P406-5(+) on the AIOC PWB an+5VDC.Y N

Replace the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REPorder.

Execute diagnostics [09-04 HVPS ON (LowThe voltages at P406-2 ( P/J406) (+)/P406Y N


Replace the HVPS (PL 8.2) (REP 8.2.1). TY N

Measure the voltage between P406-1The voltage is approximately +5VDCY N

Check between J520-1 ( P/J520short circuit.If there is no short, replace the H


Completed

062-300, 062-345Status Indicator RAPS

062-300 Platen Interlock Open 062-345 IISS EEPROM Failure

e EEPROM.

n the power. The problem is solved.

rk PWB). (REP 8.1.3) (PL 8.1)


Reissue

BSD-Reference: CH 5.6

ExplanationDetected the opened Platen Interlock.

ProcedureEnsure that the DADF can be closed normally. The DADF can be closed normally.Y N

Remove obstructions or repair the DADF Counter Balances. (REP 13.3.2, REP 13.3.3)

Check that the Platen Interlock is functioning properly. The Platen Interlock is functioning properly.Y N

Replace the Platen Interlock Sensor.

Replace the SLCC PWB (AIOC/Network PWB). (REP 8.1.3) (PL 8.1)


ExplanationError in writing on or communicatiing with th

ProcedureSwitch off the machine power then switch oY N

Replace the SLCC PWB (AIOC/Netwo

Problem is resolved.


Reissue

Fail

Lamp to the CCD.

th between the lamp, the lens or the mirror. The

e (Reflector) is in place and not deterioarated. (PL s good.

ection Plate. (PL 10.6)

nt Control Code [62-02]. The Illumination Lamp

rly connected and repair if necessary. Replace the

B). (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.3)

June, 20082-34062-360, 062-371


062-360 Carriage Position FailBSD-Reference: CH 6.2

ExplanationDetected no input of Regi Sensor when carriage was working or detected the failure of the Regi Sensor position, or detected the failure of the IIT Regi Sensor level.

ProcedureCheck that the Lamp Carriage can move freely and has no loose cables. The Lamp Carriage and cables are good.Y N

Repair the Lamp Carriage. (REP 10.3.1)

Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Enter Component Control Code [62-212]. Check the operation of the IIT Regi Sensor. The Regi Sensor is good.Y N

Reseat the Regi Sensor connector. Check the wiring for proper operation and repair if necessary. Replace the Regi Sensor. (PL 10.6)

Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Enter Component Control Code [05-22]. The Carriage moves in the scan direction.Y N

Check the connector of the Carriage Motor and repair if necessary. Replace the Carriage Motor. (PL 10.6)

Replace the SLCC PWB (AIOC/Network PWB). (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.3)

062-371 Lamp Illumination BSD-Reference: CH 6.1

ExplanationDetected incufficient light provided from the

ProcedureCheck for any obstructions in the optical paoptical path is clear of any obstructions.Y N

Remove the obstuctions.

Check that the White Color Correction Plat10.6) The White Color Correction Tape iY N

Clean or replace the White Color Corr

Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Enter Componeis good.Y N

Check that the Lamp harness is propeIllumination Lamp. (REP 10.6.1)

Replace the SLCC PWB (AIOC/Network PW


062-380 AGC Failure 062-386 AOC Failure

t of the CCD at AOC (Automatic Offset Control) of

nection. The problem has been resolved.

OMS (AIOC/Network PWB). (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.3)


Reissue


ExplanationControl logic has detected insufficient light from the Illumination Lamp during AGC (Automatic Gain Congrol) of the auto IIT Calibration at Start.

ProcedureCheck for any obstructions in the optical path. Clean the Mirror, lens and the white balance strip. Switch off the power then switch it on again. The problem has been resolved.Y N

Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Enter Component Control Code [62-02]. The lamp is good.Y N

Check that the Lamp harness is properly connected and repair if necessary. Replace the Illumination Lamp. (REP 10.6.1)

Replace the SLCC PWB and (3) EEPROMS (AIOC/Network PWB). (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.3)

POPO the machine and retry.


ExplanationControl logic has detected an output defecthe auto IIT Calibration at Start.

ProcedureCheck the connector P/J410 for proper conY N

Replace the SLCC PWB and (3) EEPR

POPO the machine and retry.


Reissue

writing error to the SLCC EEPROMs.

in. If the problem is not solved, replace the SLCC . (REP 8.1.3)

June, 20082-36062-392, 062-393


062-392 IPS PWB Memory FailBSD-Reference: CH 3.1

ExplanationControl logic has detected RAM malfunction of IISS PWB.

ProcedureSwitch off the power then switch it on again. If the problem is not solved, replace the SLCC PWB (AIOC/Network) and the 3 EEPROMs. (REP 8.1.3)

062-393 IPS PWB FailBSD-Reference: CH 3.1

ExplanationControl logic has detected a test error or a

ProcedureSwitch off the power then switch it on agaPWB (AIOC/Network) and the 3 EEPROMs

005-170Status Indicator RAPS

005-170 DADF Feed Failure Replace the Document Feed Clutch (PL 13.9)

Roller. (REP 13.9.1)

.9).

A B C


Reissue


ExplanationThe control logic has detected the failure of paper to reach the Document Feed Sensor after the Feed Clutch has energized.

ProcedureCheck for obstructions in the Document Tray. Clean the Feed Roll. Confirm that a document is feeding into the document handler. The Feed Roller feeds paper into the document han-dler.Y N

The Document Drive Motor operates.Y N

Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Enter Component Control Code [05-01]. The Docu-ment Drive Motor operates.Y N

There is +24 VDC at connector CN2 pin 1 and pin 4 on the DADF PWB.Y N

Check the following in order:1. Check the connectors CN1 and CN2 on the DADF PWB for proper

connections

2. Check the connector J414 on the SLCC PWB (AIOC) for proper con-nection.

3. Check the harness from the DADF PWB to the SLCC PWB for an open circuit.

If the harness and the connectors are good, replace the DADF PWB (REP 13.2.4)

Replace the Document Drive Motor (PL 13.5)

The Feed Roller rotates.Y N

Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Enter Component Control Code [05-62]. The Doc-ument Feed Clutch operates.Y N

Check the connector of the Document Feed Clutch (PL 13.9) If the con-nector is good, replace the Document Feed Clutch (PL 13.9).

Replace the Document Feed Clutch (PL 13.9)

Replace the Pick Up Roller and Feed Roller. (REP 13.9.1)


Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Enter Component Control Code [05-62]. The Docu-ment Feed Clutch operates.Y N

Check the connector of the Document Feed Clutch (PL 13.9) If the connector is good, replace the Document Feed Clutch (PL 13.9).

Replace the Pick Up Roller and Feed

Replace the Document Feed Sensor (PL 13

A B C


Reissue

tch (PL 13.9)


ent Control Code [05-206]. Actuate the Document changes from High to Low.

ensor. (PL 13.7)

ent Control Code [05-205]. Actuate the Exit/Invert m High to Low.

.7)

place the SLCC PWB (AIOC/Network) (REP 8.1.3)

A B C

June, 20082-38005-171


005-171 DADF Regi / Exit FailureBSD-Reference: CH 5.8

ExplanationControl logic has detected no paper at the Registration Sensor after turning on the Registration Clutch or detected no paper at the Exit/Invert Sensor after turning on the Registration Clutch.






connections











Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Enter Component Control Code [05-62]. The Docu-ment Feed Clutch operates.Y N

Check the connector of the Document Feed Clutch (PL 13.9) If the connector is good, replace the Document Feed Clutch (PL 13.9).

Replace the Document Feed Clu


Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Enter ComponRegistration Sensor acutator. The displayY N

Replace the Document Registration S

Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Enter ComponSensor actuator. The display changes froY N

Replace the Exit/Invert Sensor. (PL 13

Replace the DADF PWB (REP 13.2.4), or re

A B C

005-172Status Indicator RAPS

005-172 DADF Inverted Document Jam Y NCheck the connector of the Document Feed Clutch (PL 13.9) If the connector is

t Feed Clutch (PL 13.9).

tch (PL 13.9)


ent Control Code [05-204]. Actuate the Document es from High to Low.

(PL 13.9)

ent Control Code [05-205]. Actuate the Exit/Invert m High to Low.

.7)

place the SLCC PWB (AIOC/Network) (REP 8.1.3)

A B


Reissue


ExplanationWhen inverting documents, the control logic detected a failure of a document at the Feed Sen-sor after turning off the Feedout Forward or document failure at the Exit/Invert Sensor after turning on the Document Registration Sensor.






connections











Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Enter Component Control Code [05-62]. The Docu-ment Feed Clutch operates.

good, replace the Documen

Replace the Document Feed Clu


Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Enter ComponFeed Sensor acutator. The display changY N

Replace the Document Feed Sensor.

Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Enter ComponSensor actuator. The display changes froY N

Replace the Exit/Invert Sensor. (PL 13

Replace the DADF PWB (REP 13.2.4), or re

A B


Reissue

th of slow scan is 450mm or more.

han A3 paper or 294mm SEF or less in the Docu-

ensor. (PL 13.7)

mitation of documents used in the DADF Document

June, 20082-40005-198, 005-199


005-198 Short Scan JamBSD-Reference: CH 6.2

ExplanationThe control logic has found that the length of slow scan is less than 80mm.

ProcedureChoose a document size equal to or larger than A4 paper or 208mm SEF or larger, in the Doc-ument Tray. The problem is solved.Y N

Replace the Document Registration Sensor. (PL 13.7)

Inform the customer of the minimum size limitation of documents used in the DADF Document Tray.

005-199 Long Scan JamBSD-Reference: CH 6.2

ExplanationThe control logic has detected that the leng

ProcedureChoose a document size equal to or less tment Tray. The problem is solved.Y N

Replace the Document Registration S

Inform the customer of the maximum size liTray.


005-305 Feeder Top Cover Open 005-920 Static Jam

her the Platen Interlock is close when the Feeder k is close when the Platen Interlock is open.

any interferance with the Feed Sensor (PL 13.9), .7) or the Exit/Invert Sensor (PL 13.7). Check the Replace one sensor at a time until the problem is


Reissue


ExplanationThe control logic has detected that the Feeder Top Cover is open.

ProcedureClose the Feeder Top Cover. The problem continues.Y N

Adjust or repair the Feeder Top Cover latch. (REP 13.4.1)

Replave the Feeder Top Cover Switch. (PL 13.9)


ExplanationAt power on, the control logic detected eitCover is open or the Feeder Cover Interloc

ProcedureIf this occurs frequently, confirm if there isthe Document Registration Sensor (PL 13sensor connectors for prober connection. solved.


Reissue
June, 20082-42005-305, 005-920

Image Quality

3 Image Quality


Reissue

Image Quality RAPsIQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP .................................................................................. 3-3IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP .................................................................................... 3-3IQ3 Low Image Density RAP .......................................................................................... 3-4IQ4 Wrinkled Image RAP ................................................................................................ 3-4IQ5 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP .............................................................................. 3-5IQ6 Background RAP...................................................................................................... 3-5IQ7 Deletion RAP............................................................................................................ 3-6IQ8 Skew/Misregistration RAP........................................................................................ 3-6IQ9 Process Direction Bands, Streaks, and Smears RAP .............................................. 3-7IQ10 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP ........................................................................... 3-7IQ11 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears RAP............................................. 3-8IQ12 Mottle RAP ............................................................................................................. 3-8IQ13 Spots RAP.............................................................................................................. 3-9IQ14 Black Prints RAP .................................................................................................... 3-9IQ15 Blank Image RAP ................................................................................................... 3-10Copy Quality Specification .............................................................................................. 3-10Samples of Image Quality Defects.................................................................................. 3-16


Reissue
June, 20083-2
Image Quality

IQ1, IQ2Image Quality

RAP

10.2.1).

loth.

blem and go to the relevant RAP.

age Quality Problems

RAP

w density of images. IQ3

page or part of the page is contami-oner. The contamination appears as a grayish color.

IQ6

s or white streaks running parallel to on of paper transport.

IQ9

s or white streaks running at right the direction of paper transport.

IQ11

ts and blank areas are spread irregu-the whole page.

IQ13

t is completely black. IQ14


Reissue

IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAPInitial ActionsDetermine whether the image quality problem occurs in Copy Mode or Print Mode. If the prob-lem occurs in Copy Mode, go to IQ2.

ProcedureDetermine the image quality problem and go to the relevant RAP.

IQ2 IIT Image Quality EntryInitial ActionsClean the IIT Upper Cover (PL 10.2) (REP

Clean the mirrors and lens with a lint-free c

Determine the image quality pro

Table 1 IOT Image Quality Problems

Image Quality Problem Symptom RAP

Low image density Overall low density of images. IQ3

Wrinkled images The printed paper is creased, folded or torn. IQ4

Ghost images Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous page or current page appear as ghost images on the paper.

IQ5

Background contamination The whole page or part of the page is contami-nated by toner. The contamination appears as a very light grayish color.

IQ6

Deletion Part of the image is missing. IQ7

Skew/Misregistration Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper.

IQ8

Black lines, blank areas, or smears in the process direction

Black lines or white streaks running parallel to the direction of paper transport.

IQ9

Improper fusing, offset Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper. When rubbed, the image comes off easily.

IQ10

Black lines, blank areas, or smears at right angles to the process direction.

Black lines or white streaks running at right angles to the direction of paper transport.

IQ11

Mottle Uneven printed image density. IQ12

Spotted blanks Toner spots and blank areas are spread irregu-larly over the whole page.

IQ13

Solid black copy The output is completely black. IQ14

Blank copy The output is completely white. IQ15

Table 1 IIT Im

Image Quality Problem Symptom

Low image density Overall lo

Background contamination The wholenated by tvery light

Black lines, blank areas, or smears in the process direction.

Black linethe directi

Black lines, blank areas, or smears at right angles to the process direction.

Black lineangles to

Spotted blanks Toner spolarly over

Solid black copy The outpu


Reissue

within specifications.

.

he problem recurs.

d reinstall it properly. Turn the power OFF then ON

components in the paper transport path. No for-ts are found in the paper transport path.

hape or replace any damaged components.

June, 20083-4IQ3, IQ4

Image Quality

IQ3 Low Image Density RAPOverall low density of images.

ProcedureCheck for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean.Y N

Clean any dirt on the Platen. If unable to clean the dirt, replace the IIT Upper Cover (PL 10.2) (REP 10.2.1).

Check the drum ground contact. The drum ground contact is clean and not damaged. Y N

Clean the drum ground contact. If necessary, restore it to its proper shape.

Remove the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REP 4.1.1) and reinstall it properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and make a print. The problem recurs.Y N

Completed

Install a new Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REP 4.1.1). Turn the power OFF then ON and make a print. The problem recurs.Y N

Completed

Print a page that is entirely black. During the print cycle, turn OFF the power after you hear the paper feed (to force a stop during image transfer). Check the surface of the Drum. There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the Drum.Y N


Replace the Transfer Corotron (PL 4.3) (REP 4.3.1), followed by the HVPS (PL 8.2) (REP 8.2.1), and finally the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1).

IQ4 Wrinkled Image RAPThe output is creased, folded or torn.

ProcedureCheck the paper type. The paper used is Y N

Use paper that is within specifications

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. TY N

Completed

Remove the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1) anand make a print. The problem recurs.Y N

Completed

Check for foreign substances and damagedeign substances or damaged componenY N

Remove the foreign substances. Res



IQ5 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP IQ6 Background RAPminated by toner. The contamination appears as a

ten Glass is clean.

s. If you cannot clean the Platen Glass, replace the 1).

4.1.1) and reinstall it properly. Turn the power OFF ecurs.

4.1.1) and install it properly. Turn the power OFF

4.3.1). The Transfer Corotron (PL 4.3) (REP

REP 4.3.1). If it is damaged, replace it.


1), followed by the HVPS (PL 8.2) (REP 8.2.1).


Reissue

Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous page or current page appear as ghost images on the paper.

ProcedureRemove the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REP 4.1.1) and reinstall it properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and make a print. The problem recurs.Y N

Completed


Completed

Remove the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1), lower the green levers on both sides, turn the Drive Gear of the Heat Roll and check the Heat Roll surface for dirt and/or contamination. The sur-face of the Heat Roll is clean.Y N

Remove any dirt and/or contamination. If you can’t clean the surface of the Heat Roller, replace the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1).


The whole page or part of the page is contavery light grayish color.

ProcedureCheck for dirt on the Platen Glass. The PlaY N

Remove any dirt from the Platen GlasIIT Upper Cover (PL 10.2) (REP 10.2.

Remove the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REPthen ON and make a print. The problem rY N

Completed

Install a new Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REPthen ON and make a print. The problem recurs.Y N

Completed

Check the Transfer Corotron (PL 4.3) (REP4.3.1) is clean and not damaged. Y N

Clean the Transfer Corotron (PL 4.3) (

Remove the HVPS (PL 8.2) (REP 8.2.1) anand make a print. The problem recurs.Y N

Completed



Reissue

AP of the paper.

stalled. The machine is installed on a stable,

urface.


ssette is installed properly.

no obstructions or damaged parts in the paper

r replace any damaged parts.

1).

June, 20083-6IQ7, IQ8

Image Quality

IQ7 Deletion RAPPart of the image is missing.

ProcedureCheck the paper type. The paper used is within specifications.Y N

Use paper that is within specifications.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem recurs.Y N

Completed


Completed


Completed

Check the Transfer Corotron (PL 4.3) (REP 4.3.1). The Transfer Corotron is not damaged. Y N

Replace the Transfer Corotron (PL 4.3) (REP 4.3.1).


IQ8 Skew/Misregistration RPrinted images are not parallel to the edges

ProcedureCheck the location where the machine is inlevel surface.Y N

Install the machine on a stable, level s


Completed

Check the Paper Cassette. The Paper CaY N

Install it properly.

Check the paper transport path. There aretransport path.Y N

Remove any obstructions. Reshape o



IQ9 Process Direction Bands, Streaks, and Smears RAP IQ10 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP the paper. When rubbed, the image comes off eas-


.

he problem recurs.

tages are within the specified range.

within the specified range.


gnostics. A normal fusing temperature is set.

the Diagnostics.


Reissue

Black lines or white streaks running parallel to the direction of paper transport.

ProcedureCheck the IIT Carriage Mirrors. The mirrors are not dirty, scratched, or damaged.Y N

Clean the mirrors. If the mirrors can’t be cleaned, have scratches, or are damaged, replace the IIT Carriage (PL 10.3) (REP 10.3.1).


Completed


Completed

Check the Transfer Corotron (PL 4.3) (REP 4.3.1). The Transfer Corotron is clean and not damaged. Y N

Clean the Transfer Corotron (PL 4.3) (REP 4.3.1). If it is damaged, replace it.

Check for dirt in the paper transport path. The paper transport path is clean.Y N

Clean away the dirt.

Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and not damaged.Y N

Clean the IIT Carriage Mirror (PL 10.3) (REP 10.3.1). If it is damaged, replace it.

Remove the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1), and check the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat Roll is clean.Y N

Remove any dirt. If you can’t clean the surface of the Heat Roll, replace the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1).



Check the ROS (PL 3.1) (REP 3.1.1). The ROS is clean and not scratched. Y N

Clean the ROS (PL 3.1) (REP 3.1.1). If it is scratched, replace it.

Replace the ROS (PL 3.1) (REP 3.1.1), followed by the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1).

Printed images are not properly fused ontoily.

ProcedureCheck the paper type. The paper used is Y N


Use paper stored under room conditions. TY N

Completed

Check the power supply voltages. The volY N

Connect a power supply with voltages

Remove the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1) anand make a print. The problem recurs.Y N

Completed

Check the fusing temperature using the DiaY N

Set a normal fusing temperature using



Reissue


.

he problem recurs.


4.1.1). Turn the power OFF then ON and make a

4.3.1). The Transfer Corotron is clean and not

REP 4.3.1). If it is damaged, replace it.


1).

June, 20083-8IQ11, IQ12

Image Quality

IQ11 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears RAPBlack lines or white streaks running at right angles to the direction of paper transport.

ProcedureCheck the IIT Carriage. The carriage has no foreign substances or damaged parts.Y N

Remove any foreign substances. If any parts of the IIT Carriage (Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft, Carriage Cable, etc.) are damaged, replace them.


Completed


Completed



Check the pitch of the black lines or white streaks. The pitch of the black lines is approxi-mately 78mm (circumference of the Heat Roll ).Y N

Clean the surface of the Heat Roll. If you can’t, replace the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1).


IQ12 Mottle RAPProcedureCheck the paper type. The paper used is Y N


Use paper from a freshly opened packet. TY N

Completed


Completed

Install a new Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REPprint. The problem recurs.Y N

Completed

Check the Transfer Corotron (PL 4.3) (REPdamaged. Y N

Clean the Transfer Corotron (PL 4.3) (


Completed



IQ13 Spots RAP IQ14 Black Prints RAP

es and damaged parts. The carriage has no for-

ny parts of the IIT Carriage Assembly (cable, cap-lace them.


4.1.1). Turn the power OFF then ON and make a


) and AIOC PWB (P/J406). The connectors are

. The wire between J460-4 and J520-2 is not

1) (REP 3.1.1) and the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP nd J403 (AIOC PWB), as well as between J130 rted or open.

owed by the HVPS (PL 8.2) (REP 8.2.1), and finally


Reissue

Toner spots and blank areas are spread irregularly over the whole page.

ProcedureCheck for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean.Y N

Remove any dirt on the Platen. If you can’t remove the dirt, replace the IIT Upper Cover (PL 10.2) (REP 10.2.1).


Completed


Completed



Check for dirt in the paper transport path. The paper transport path is clean.Y N

Clean away the dirt.

Remove the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1) and check the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat Roll is clean.Y N

Clean away the dirt. If you can’t remove the dirt, replace the Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP 5.1.1).

Check the paper type. The paper used is within specifications.Y N

Use paper that is within specifications.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem recurs.Y N

Completed


The paper is printed completely black.

ProcedureCheck the IIT Carriage for foreign substanceign substances or damaged parts.Y N

Remove any foreign substances. If astan, etc.) (PL 10.3) are damaged, rep


Completed

Install a new Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REPprint. The problem recurs.Y N

Completed


Completed

Check the connectors of the HVPS (P/J520connected securely.Y N

Connect the connectors securely.

Check the wire between J460-4 and J520-2shorted or open.Y N

Repair the wire.

Check the wires between the ROS (PL 3.8.1.1). The wires between J140 (ROS) a(ROS) and J403 (AIOC PCB), are not shoY N

Repair the wire(s).

Replace the ROS (PL 3.1) (REP 3.1.1), follthe AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1).


Reissue

A3) (Figure 1) and measure.

ignment: Measurement

easure (Refer to Figure 1)

Standard Value *1

– Standard Value *1: A3S

(P3~P4)

) - 200) / 200 x 100: A3S

) - 280) / 280 x 100

between the perpendicular line of the intersection een the line that connects P4 and P6, and P14.

difference between the [Intersection point of the e A and each vertical line] and the line that con-nd P14.

difference between the [Intersection point of the line C and each horizontal line] and the line that P10 and P15.

difference between the [Intersection point of the D and each line] and the line that connects P17

difference between the [Intersection point of the E and each line] and the line that connects P8 and

) – (P15~P16)

FX STP#3600 and use it as the Standard Value

June, 20083-10IQ15,

Image Quality

IQ15 Blank Image RAPThe paper is printed completely white.

ProcedureCheck the ROS (PL 3.1) (REP 3.1.1). The ROS is installed correctly.Y N

Install the ROS (PL 3.1) (REP 3.1.1) correctly.

Check the drum ground contact. The drum ground contact is clean and not damaged. Y N

Clean the drum ground contact. If it is damaged, reshape or replace it.


Completed


Completed

Print a page that is entirely black. During the print cycle, turn OFF the power after you hear the paper feed (to force a stop during the image transfer) and check the surface of the Drum. There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the Drum.Y N

Check the P/J140, P/J406, J403, and J140 connectors. The connectors are connected securely.Y N

Connect the connectors securely.

Check the ROS (PL 3.1) (REP 3.1.1). The ROS is installed correctly.Y N

Install the ROS (PL 3.1) (REP 3.1.1) correctly.

Measure the voltage between pin 1 and pin 2 of connector P403 on the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1). The voltage is +5VDC.Y N


Check the wire between J140 and J403. The wire between J140 and J403 is not shorted or open.Y N

Repair the wire.


Replace the Transfer Corotron (PL 4.3) (REP 4.3.1), followed by the HVPS (PL 8.2) (REP 8.2.1), and finally the AIOC PWB (PL 8.1) (REP 8.1.1).

Copy Quality Specification1. Copy AlignmentHow to measure

Make a copy of the Test Pattern STP3600 (

Table 1 Copy Al

Item How to m

Lead Edge Registration (mm) (P1~P2) –

Side Edge Registration (mm) (P7~P19)

Lead Skew (mm) (P5~P6) –

Vertical Ratio (%) ((P2~P14

Horizontal Ratio (%) ((P8~P13

Perpendicularity (mm) Differencepoint betw

Linearity (Vertical) (mm) 400mm

Maximumvertical linnects P2 a

Linearity (Horizontal) (mm) 280mm

Maximumhorizontalconnects

Linearity (Skew) (mm) 280mm Maximumskew line and P13.OrMaximumskew line P18.

Parallelism (mm) (P10~P12

*1: Measure the length of the position ofin the table.

Image Quality

Specification


Reissue

[System] IOT + IIT

[DC] IOT + IIT

Table 2 Copy Alignment: Specification

ItemSpecification SYSTEM Application

Lead Edge Registration (mm) +/- 2.90

Side Edge Registration (mm) +/- 3.40

Lead Skew (mm) +/- 2.30 280 mm

Vertical Ratio (%) 100% +/- 1.40 400 mm

Horizontal Ratio (%) 100% +/- 1.40 280 mm

Perpendicularity (mm) +/- 3.40 400 mm

Linearity (Vertical) (mm) +/- 2.00 400 mm

Linearity (Horizontal) (mm) +/- 1.40 280 mm

Linearity (Skew) (mm) +/- 1.42 280 mm

Parallelism +/- 3.70 400 mm


Item Specification Measurement Length

Simplex MSI

Skew H +/-1.9 +/-2.2 200mm

Perpendicularity +/-2.8 +/-3.0 400mm

Linearity: V 1.4 -- 400mm

Linearity: H 1.4 -- 280mm

Linearity: D 1.4 -- 283mm

Registration: Lead +/-2.4 +/-3.1

Registration: Side +/-3.0 +/-3.2

Magnification: V (%) +/-0.95 (100%)+/-1.16 (50%-99%) +/-1.47 (101%-200%)

-- 400mm

Magnification: H (%) +/-0.95 (100%) +/-1.16 (50%-99%) +/-1.47 (101%-200%)

-- 280mm


Reissue

A3) and measure. See Table 5 for specifications.

Table 4

re (Refer to Figure 2)

7G line image (10) at 3 locations. maximum and minimum mean value measured e copy).

June, 20083-12

Image Quality

Figure 1 Copy Alignment Measurement Positions (Test Pattern STP3600)

2. Image QualityHow to measure

Make a copy of the Test Pattern 499T247 (

Item How to measu

Text/Image Density(100%/Normal mode only)

Measure the 0.Determine the (within the sam

Image Quality

Table 4


Reissue

Low Contrast(100% only)

Normal mode: Check that the 0.2G line image 13 can be read.Darker mode: Measure the 0.2G line image 13 at 3 locations.Determine the maximum and minimum mean value measured (within the same copy).

Reproducibility of the blue color density(100% only)

Normal mode: Check that the 0.2B line image 14 can be read.Darker mode: Measure the 0.2B line image 14 at 3 locations.Determine the maximum and minimum mean value measured (within the same copy).

Solid Density Reproduc-ibility(100%/Normal mode only)

Measure the 1.0G solid 16 at 3 locations.Determine the maximum and minimum mean value measured (within the same copy).

Background Measure the margin.

Resolution 70.7, 100%: Measure the resolution target 17 at 3 locations.141.4%: Measure the resolution target 17 at 2 locations.

Skip and Smear 100%: Check that the 2.5lp/mm ladder 18 is resolving across the entire page.70.7~99%: Check that the 1.8lp/mm ladder 19 is resolving across the entire page.

Item How to measure (Refer to Figure 2)


Reissue
June, 20083-14
Image Quality

Figure 2 Image Quality Measurement Positions (Test Pattern 499T247)

Image Quality Specification

Total System

Image Quality

Table 5

OUTPUT(Density Settings Button)Auto

>=1.08

=<0.2

>=0.22

-

-

>=0.22

) -

-

>=1.0

=<0.3

=<1.2

4.3 Lo/mm (Min)

2.5 Lo/mm (Min)

3.5 Lo/mm (Min)

3.5 Lo/mm

3 Lo/mm (Min)*1

2.5 Lo/mm (Min)*1

1.8 Lo/mm (Min)

2.5 Lo/mm (Min)

2.5 Lo/mm (Min)*1


Reissue

Item

Reduce/Enlarge (%) INPUT

OUTPUT(Density Settings Button)Lighter 3

OUTPUT(Density Settings Button)Normal

OUTPUT(DensitySettingsButton)Darker 3

Text/Image Density 100 0.7 Gray - >=1.08 -

Text/Image Density Evenness 100 0.7 Gray - =<0.2 -

Low Contrast Reproducibility 100 0.2 Gray - >=0.17 >=0.46

Low Contrast Evenness 100 0.2 Gray - - =<0.4

Low Contrast Reproducibility 100 0.1 Gray Does not reproduce

- -

Reproducibility of the blue color den-sity

100 0.2 Blue - >=0.17 >=0.57

Blue Color Density Evenness 100 0.2 Blue - - 0.4 (Max

Reproducibility of the blue color den-sity

100 0.1 Blue Does not reproduce

- -

Solid Density Reproducibility 100 1.0 Solid - >=1.0 -

Solid Density Evenness 100 1.0 Solid - =<0.3 -

Background (SIR#302) 100 - - =<1.2 -

Resolution(Excluding Skip/Smear)

100 NBS Target - - -


70 NBS Target - - -





Depth of Focus 100 NBS Target - - -

Skip/Smear 100 Ladder A3 Entire Page

- - -


- - -


- - -


- - -


Reissue
June, 20083-16
Image Quality

Samples of Image Quality DefectsIOT Image Quality DefectsThese are samples of image quality defects due to IOT problems and their corresponding solu-tions.

• Auger Marks (Figure 1)

• Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density) (Figure 2)

• White Streaks (Process Direction) (Figure 3)

• Black Bands (Figure 4)

• Toner Contamination (Figure 5)

• Toner Splattering (Figure 6)

• White Spots (Irregular) (Figure 7)

• Regular Blanks in the Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) (Figure 8)

• Regular Toner Contamination in the Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) (Fig-ure 9)

IIT Image Quality DefectsThese are samples of image quality defects due to IIT problems and their corresponding solu-tions.

• Moire Due to Interference with Copy Original

• Fluctuation in Background Suppression Values for Copies of Originals

• Defects Related to Scan Print

• Light Background Due to Background Suppression in Copies of Originals with Frames (Figure 10)

Image Quality

Auger Marks

(REP 4.1.1). The problem may occur immediately . This can be corrected by feeding a few sheets of


Reissue

Figure 1 Auger Marks

Cause

1. Magnetic field failure in the Developer Magnetic Roll.

2. There was a drop in the level of developer material.

Action

1. Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) after you install a new Drum Cartridgepaper.


Reissue
June, 20083-18
Image Quality

Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density)

Figure 2 Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density)

Cause

1. Developer Magnetic Roll bias.

Action

1. Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REP 4.1.1).

Image Quality

White Streaks (Process Direction)

S (PL 3.1) (REP 3.1.1) and the Drum Cartridge (PL lass.

REP 4.1.1).


Reissue

Figure 3 White Streaks (Process Direction)

Cause

1. Foreign substances are blocking the ROS Laser.

2. Developer material clogging on the Developer Magnetic Roll due to foreign substances.

Action

1. Clean the optical path between the RO4.1) (REP 4.1.1), and clean the seal g

2. Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (


Reissue
June, 20083-20
Image Quality

Black Bands

Figure 4 Black Bands

Cause

1. The developer material is not well mixed.

Action

1. Mix the developer material by processing blank paper.

Image Quality

Toner Contamination

REP 4.1.1).


Reissue

Figure 5 Toner Contamination

Cause

1. Cloud of toner falling from the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (REP 4.1.1).

Action

1. Mix the developer material by processing blank paper.

2. Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) (


Reissue

et.

June, 20083-22

Image Quality

Toner Splattering

Figure 6 Toner Splattering

Cause

1. Paper size mismatch (tray settings and paper size are different).

2. Increased paper resistance due to dry conditions.

Action

1. Check the tray settings.

2. Use paper from a freshly opened pack

Image Quality

White Spots (Irregular)


Reissue

Figure 7 White Spots

Cause

1. Increased paper resistance due to dry conditions.

Action

1. Use paper from a freshly opened packet.


Reissue

es or foreign substances.

tridge (PL 4.1) (REP 4.1.1)/Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP

.1) (REP 4.1.1).

June, 20083-24

Image Quality

Regular Deletions in the Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands, etc.)

Figure 8 Regular Deletions in the Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands, etc.)

Cause

1. 94mm Pitch (Drum): Scratches or foreign substances.

2. 57mm Pitch (Developer Roll): Developer material clogging on the Magnetic Roll.

3. 44mm Pitch (Charger): Scratches or foreign substances.

4. 80mm Pitch (Fuser Heat Roll): Scratch

Action

1. 1,4: Clean or replace the Drum Car5.1.1).

2. 2,3: Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4

Image Quality

Regular Toner Contamination In the Process Direction (Spots, Streaks,

tc.)

artridge (PL 4.1) (REP 4.1.1)/Fuser (PL 5.1) (REP

.1) (REP 4.1.1).


Reissue

Bands, etc.)

Figure 9 Regular Toner Contamination In the Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands, e

Cause

1. 94mm Pitch (Drum): Scratches or foreign substances.

2. 57mm Pitch (Magnetic Roll): Developer material clogging on the Magnetic Roll.

3. 44mm Pitch (Charger): Scratches or foreign substances.

4. 80mm Pitch (Heat Roll): Scratches or foreign substances.

5. 19mm Pitch (Fuser Roll-Exit): Dirt.

6. 44mm Pitch (Registration): Dirt.

Action

1. 1,4,5,6: Clean or replace the Drum C5.1.1).

2. 2,3: Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4


Reissue
June, 20083-26
Image Quality

Moire Due to Interference with Copy OriginalCause

Copying originals with certain line patterns may cause moire (wavy lines) on the copy. Combi-nations of certain angles of screen ruling near 150dpi and certain Reduce/Enlarge ratios may also cause moire.

Action

1. Reduce sharpness.

Secondary defect: Text is blurred.

2. Make copies at a different Reduce/Enlarge ratio.

3. Change the orientation of the original.

Fluctuation in Background Suppression Values for Copies of Originals of Medium DensityWhen [Auto] is selected for originals with a background of medium density (0.5G), the effec-tiveness of Automatic Exposure fluctuates for each job.

Cause

Since medium density (0.5G) is near the upper limit value for background detection, the Back-ground Suppression value fluctuates according to the result of background detection, which responds to variations in the original density and how the original is positioned.

Action

Select [Off] for [Auto].

Defects Related to Scan PrintMoire may occur when scanned images are printed.

Cause

This could be due to the resolution conversion process between the original and the printer driver.

Action

Reduce sharpness.

Secondary defect: Text is blurred.

Image Quality

Light Background in Copies of Originals with Frames


Reissue

When [Auto] is selected for originals with dark frames along the Lead Registration Edge, the background suppression value is set so large that areas of medium density appear extremely light.

Figure 10 Light Background in Copies of Originals with Frames

Cause

[Auto] performs background detection of images at a distance of up to 10mm from the Lead Registration Edge. If there are dark frames along the Lead Registration Edge, Automatic Expo-sure cannot detect the original background density. Therefore, Background Suppression is cal-culated based on the density of the frames.

Action

Select [Off] for [Auto].


Reissue
June, 20083-28
Image Quality

Repairs and Adjustments

irs and Adjustments.................................................................... 4-67.................................................................... 4-68.................................................................... 4-69.................................................................... 4-70

.................................................................... 4-71

.................................................................... 4-72

.................................................................... 4-73

.................................................................... 4-79

.................................................................... 4-81

.................................................................... 4-82

.................................................................... 4-85

.................................................................... 4-89n from IOT) .................................................. 4-89.................................................................... 4-91.................................................................... 4-93.................................................................... 4-96.................................................................... 4-97.................................................................... 4-98.................................................................... 4-99.................................................................... 4-100

.................................................................... 4-101

.................................................................... 4-102) ................................................................. 4-104

.................................................................... 4-106

.................................................................... 4-109

.................................................................... 4-110

.................................................................... 4-111

.................................................................... 4-112F)............................................................... 4-113

.................................................................... 4-116

.................................................................... 4-119

.................................................................... 4-121

.................................................................... 4-122

.................................................................... 4-124

.................................................................... 4-125

.................................................................... 4-126

.................................................................... 4-128

.................................................................... 4-131rade ............................................................ 4-131tration ......................................................... 4-132


Reissue

4 Repa IntroductionIntroduction ..................................................................................................................... 4-3

Repairs

1. DriveREP 1.1.1 IOT Motor (SCC)............................................................................................ 4-5

2. Paper TransportREP 2.2.1 Tray 1 Feed Clutch (SCC) ............................................................................. 4-7REP 2.3.1 Tray 1 Feed Roll (SCC) ................................................................................. 4-9REP 2.5.1 Tray 1 Feed Sensor ...................................................................................... 4-10REP 2.7.1 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor ............................................................................... 4-12REP 2.8.1 Registration (SCC)......................................................................................... 4-13

3. ROSREP 3.1.1 ROS (SCC) .................................................................................................... 4-17

4. CRUREP 4.1.1 Drum Cartridge .............................................................................................. 4-19REP 4.2.1 Toner Empty Sensor...................................................................................... 4-20REP 4.2.2 Erase Lamp ................................................................................................... 4-21REP 4.3.1 Transfer Module............................................................................................. 4-23REP 4.4.1 Corotron Wire ................................................................................................ 4-27

5. FuserREP 5.1.1 Fuser (SCC)................................................................................................... 4-29REP 5.1.2 Temperature Control Sensor Assembly......................................................... 4-31REP 5.1.3 Fuser Lamp.................................................................................................... 4-32REP 5.1.4 Fuser Roll ...................................................................................................... 4-35REP 5.1.5 Fuser Pressure Roll ....................................................................................... 4-38

6. ExitREP 6.1.1 Exit Transport (Simplex) ................................................................................ 4-39REP 6.1.2 Exit Transport (Duplex).................................................................................. 4-42

7. Simplex Module and Bypass TrayREP 7.1.1 Simplex, Duplex Module ................................................................................ 4-45REP 7.5.1 Bypass Feed Roll........................................................................................... 4-47

8. ElectricalREP 8.1.1 AIOC PWB (SCC).......................................................................................... 4-49REP 8.1.2 LVPS (SCC)................................................................................................... 4-52REP 8.1.3 AIOC/Network PWB (DADF/Network Only)................................................... 4-55REP 8.2.1 HVPS (SCC) .................................................................................................. 4-58REP 8.2.2 Duplex PWB (SCC) ....................................................................................... 4-61REP 8.3.1 Control Panel (SCC) ...................................................................................... 4-62REP 8.4.1 User Interface PWB (SCC) ............................................................................ 4-64

9. Cover

REP 9.1.1 Output Tray ................................REP 9.1.2 Front Left Cover .........................REP 9.2.1 Rear Cover.................................REP 9.2.2 Right Cover ................................

10. IITREP 10.1.1 IIT Platen Cover .......................REP 10.2.1 IIT Upper Cover (SCC) ............REP 10.3.1 IIT Carriage (SCC) ...................REP 10.3.2 Flexible Print Cable (SCC).......REP 10.6.1 Exposure Lamp........................REP 10.7.1 Carriage Cable and Drum........REP 10.7.2 Inverter PWB............................

11. Single Tray ModuleREP 11.1.1 Tray 2.......................................REP 11.1.2 Single Tray Module (SeparatioREP 11.4.1 Tray 2 Feed Roll ......................REP 11.4.2 Tray 2 Retard Roll....................REP 11.5.1 STM Feed Sensor....................REP 11.5.2 STM PWB (SCC) .....................REP 11.6.1 STM Feed Clutch.....................REP 11.6.2 STM Feed Motor ......................REP 11.7.1 STM No Paper Sensor.............

13. ADFREP 13.1.1 ADF Assembly .........................REP 13.1.2 ADF/DADF Platen Cushion......REP 13.2.1 Document Tray Assembly (ADFREP 13.2.2 ADF Feeder Assembly.............REP 13.2.3 Front Cover ..............................REP 13.2.4 Rear Cover...............................REP 13.2.5 DADF Eject Roller Solenoid.....REP 13.2.6 DADF Assembly.......................REP 13.2.7 Document Tray Assembly (DADREP 13.2.8 DADF Feeder Assembly ..........REP 13.3.1 ADF Control PWB....................REP 13.3.2 Left Counter Balance (SCC) ....REP 13.3.3 Right Counter Balance (SCC)..REP 13.3.4 DADF PWB..............................REP 13.4.1 Top Cover ................................REP 13.8.1 Retard Roll ...............................REP 13.9.1 Pickup Roll, Feed Roll..............

AdjustmentsADJ 8.1.1 Edge Erase Adjustment..............ADJ 8.1.2 Controller Firmware Version UpgADJ 10.3.1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Regis


Reissue
June, 20084-2

ADJ 11.1.1 Carriage Assembly Alignment (Parallelism) ................................................. 4-133ADJ 13.1.1 ADF/DADF Positional Adjustment................................................................ 4-134


ction are explained here.

ARNINGrating or maintenance procedure, practice, or ould result in personal injury or loss of life.

AUTION

g or maintenance procedure, practice, or condition damage to, or destruction of, equipment.

ating or maintenance procedure, practice, or condi-efficiently.

are given.

he Adjustment.

ts, such as static-sensitive integrated circuit chips, them from being damaged. Follow the regulations y FUJI XEROX Co., Ltd.

SC):

tomer information that is input after the installation. procedures in Section 4 Repairs and Adjustments. rmation gets revealed.


Reissue

IntroductionThis section contains procedures required for parts replacement and adjustment.

How to Use the Replacement and Adjustment SectionFor installation procedures, only NOTEs are described here since installation procedures are the reverse of removal ones.

1. (Figure X) at the beginning of a procedure indicates that its detailed steps are shown in the illustration. Numbers in the illustration indicate the sequence of the steps.

2. (REP X.X.X) at the end of a procedure indicates the replacement procedure to be referred to.

3. Item numbers of replacement and adjustment procedures (i.e. REP/ADJ No.) correlate to the PL No. in Section 5 Parts List. Therefore, an appropriate replacement or adjustment procedure can easily be referred to a PL No. and vice versa. For example, the replace-ment or adjustment procedure of Component PL 1.1 is REP 1.1.X or ADJ 1.1.X.

4. When replacement/adjustment procedures or title items vary by modification or model, the modification number or the model is indicated at the beginning or the end of the respective titles or procedures.

Example 1: REP X.X.X Main PWB [Models with 1V] indicates that the entire procedure under this title applies to machines with Tag 1V.

Example 2: See Table 1.

5. Positions or directions are defined as follows:

a. Front: Front of the machine.

b. Right: Right-hand side facing the machine.

c. Left: Left-hand side facing the machine.

d. Rear: Rear of the machine.

Terms and SymbolsTerms and symbols used throughout this se

WA Warning statement indicates an opecondition that, if not strictly observed, c

C

A Caution statement indicates an operatinthat, if not strictly observed, could result in

NOTE: A Note statement indicates an opertion that is necessary to accomplish a task

Reference: Used when other explanations

Purpose: Used to describe the purpose of t

Safety Critical Components (SCC):

Safety Critical Components are componenthat require special precautions to prevent regarding Safety Critical Components set b

Important Information Stored Component (I

This component stores all the important cusWhen replacing this component, follow theMake absolutely sure that no customer info

Table 1

Symbol Description

Figure 1 Illustration 1

Illustration 1: Indicates that a specific part has been modified by the tag number within the circle.

Figure 2 Illustration 2

Illustration 2: Indicates that the configuration of the part shown is the configuration before the part was modified by the number within the circle.


Reissue
June, 20084-30

REP 1.1.1Repairs and Adjustments

igure 1


Reissue

REP 1.1.1 IOT Motor (SCC)Parts List on PL 1.1 Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury or electrical shock, ensure that the machine is completely off before disassembling or adjusting. Turn OFF the power and unplug the machine.

1. Remove the Drum Cartridge (REP 4.1.1).

2. Remove the Rear Cover (REP 9.2.1).

3. Disconnect the connector (Figure 1).

1 Remove the screw that secures the Ground Wires (2).

2 Disconnect P/J 504.

3 Release the wire harness of the IOT Motor from the hook.

4 Remove the wire harness of the IOT Motor from the slot in the frame.

F


Reissue
June, 20084-32REP 1.1.1

4. Remove the IOT Motor (Figure 2).

1 Remove the Tapping Screws (4).

2 Remove the IOT Motor.

Figure 2

Replacement1. To install, do the removal steps in reverse order.


REP 2.2.1 Tray 1 Feed Clutch (SCC) 3. Remove the screws (3) that secure the Clutch Bracket (Figure 2).

igure 2


Reissue

Parts List on PL 2.2Removal




1 Disconnect the connector.

2 Release the wire harness from the clamp.

Figure 1

1 Remove the screws (3).

F


Reissue

rse order.

ch, place the tab of Clutch Bracket in the notch of

igure 4

June, 20084-34REP 2.2.1


4. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Clutch (Figure 3).

1 Remove the Clutch Bracket.

2 Remove the bearing.

3 Remove the Tray 1 Feed Clutch.

4 Pull out the wire harness through the hole.

Figure 3

Replacement1. To install, do the removal steps in reve

2. When installing the Tray 1 Feed ClutTray 1 Feed Clutch (Figure 4).

F


REP 2.3.1 Tray 1 Feed Roll (SCC) 4. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Roll (Figure 2).

Tray 1 Feed Roll.

igure 2


Reissue



1. Remove all paper from Tray 1.

2. Remove Tray 1.

3. Remove the Feed Shaft (Figure 1).

1 Lower the Bottom Plate.

2 Release the Feed Shaft from the bearing by pressing down on the white tab.

3 Remove the Feed Shaft by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 1

1 Gently lift up the tab to remove the

F


Reissue

sor

ARNINGock, ensure that the machine is completely off OFF the power and unplug the machine.

ay 1 No Paper Sensor (REP 2.7.1).

left side of the machine.

June, 20084-36REP 2.3.1, REP 2.5.1



2. When installing the Tray 1 Feed Roll, align the pin of the Feed Shaft with the slot in the Tray 1 Feed Roll (Figure 3).

Figure 3

REP 2.5.1 Tray 1 Feed SenParts List on PL 2.5Removal

WTo avoid personal injury or electrical shbefore disassembling or adjusting. Turn

1. Remove Tray 1.

2. Remove Tray 2 (REP 11.1.1).

3. Remove the Sensor Housing of the Tr

4. Open the Tray 1 Access Cover on the


5. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Sensor (Figure 1). Replacementrse order.

ray 1 Interlock Switch into the square hole of the

igure 2


Reissue

1 Remove the Tapping Screw.

2 Remove the cable bands (2).

3 Release the wire harness from the clamps (2).

4 Move the wire harness toward you and disconnect the connector.

5 Remove the Tray 1 Feed Sensor.

Figure 1

1. To install, do the removal steps in reve

2. Insert the Connector Housing of the Tframe (Figure 2).

A Square hole

F


Reissue

(Figure 2).

y 1 No Paper Sensor.

igure 2

rse order.

June, 20084-38REP 2.7.1


REP 2.7.1 Tray 1 No Paper SensorParts List on PL 2.7Removal


1. Remove Tray 1.


3. Remove the Sensor Housing (Figure 1).


2 Release the tabs (2) to remove the Sensor Housing.

Figure 1

4. Remove the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor

1 Remove the Actuator.

2 Release the tabs to remove the Tra

F



REP 2.8.1 Registration (SCC)

igure 1


Reissue





3. Remove the Transfer Corotron Housing (REP 4.3.1).


1 Remove the screw to remove the Ground Wire.

2 Remove the screw to remove the Ground Wires (2).


4 Remove the wire harness from the hooks (2).

5 Remove the wire harness from the slots (2) in the frame.

6 Remove the wire harness from the guides (3).

F


Reissue

igure 3

June, 20084-40REP 2.8.1


5. Remove the Connector Housing (Figure 2).

1 Remove the wire harness from the guide.

2 Slide the Connector Housing through the hole.

Figure 2

6. Remove the Front Stopper (Figure 3).

1 Remove the Front Stopper.

F


7. Remove the Registration (Figure 4).


Reissue

1 Press the tab in the direction of the arrow to remove the boss of the Registration from

the frame.

Figure 4



Reissue
June, 20084-42REP 2.8.1


REP 3.1.1 ROS (SCC) 1. Open the Front Cover.

(REP 8.2.1).

.

igure 2


Reissue



NOTE: Attach the attachment in the ROS Replacement Kit to a Stubby Driver to remove the screws (Figure 1).

Figure 1

2. Remove the Output Tray (REP 9.1.1).


4. Remove the HVPS and Contact Block

5. Remove the Laser Housing (Figure 2)


2 Remove the Laser Housing.

F


Reissue

igure 4

rse order.

operations with the ROS installed, read the warning eding with the operation.

June, 20084-44REP 3.1.1


6. Disconnect the ROS connectors (Figure 3).

1 Disconnect the Ground connectors (2).

2 Disconnect the connectors (2).


4 Remove the wire harness from the hook.

Figure 3

7. Remove the ROS (Figure 4).


2 Remove the ROS.

F


NOTE: When powering up to perform label pasted on the ROS before proce


REP 4.1.1 Drum Cartridge 2. When installing the Drum Cartridge, align the protruding end of the Drum Cartridge with the cavity in the frame (Figure 2).

igure 2


Reissue



1. Open the Simplex/Duplex Module.

2. Open the Front Cover.

3. Remove the Drum Cartridge (Figure 1).

1 Release the tab.

2 Remove the Drum Cartridge.

Figure 1


F


Reissue

ure 2).

Toner Empty Sensor.

igure 2

June, 20084-46REP 4.2.1


REP 4.2.1 Toner Empty SensorParts List on PL 4.2Removal



2. Remove Tray 1.





Figure 1

5. Remove the Toner Empty Sensor (Fig

1 Release the tabs (2) to remove the

F

REP 4.2.1, REP 4.2.2Repairs and Adjustments

Replacement REP 4.2.2 Erase Lamp


.1).

g (REP 4.3.1).

(REP 8.2.1).


Reissue

1. To install, do the removal steps in reverse order.

2. Insert the Connector Housing of the Toner Empty Sensor into the square hole of the frame (Figure 3).

A Square hole

Figure 3



1. Remove the Drum Cartridge (REP 4.1



4. Remove the Transfer Corotron Housin

5. Remove the HVPS and Contact Block


Reissue

igure 2

June, 20084-48REP 4.2.2


6. Release the Erase Lamp tabs (7) (Figure 1).

1 Release the tabs (upper: 3).

2 Release the tabs (lower: 4).

Figure 1

7. Remove the Erase Lamp (Figure 2).

1 Remove the Erase Lamp.

F


Replacement REP 4.3.1 Transfer Module


.1).

).


Reissue


2. Insert the Connector Housing of the Erase Lamp into the square hole in the frame (Figure 3).

A Square hole

Figure 3






4. Remove the Exit Transport (REP 6.1.1

5. Remove the Fuser (REP 5.1.1).


Reissue

re the Corotron Block (Figure 2).

igure 2

June, 20084-50REP 4.3.1


6. Remove the Transfer Corotron Housing (Figure 1).

1 Release the hooks (2).

2 Remove the Transfer Corotron Housing by pulling its front side in the direction of the

arrow.

Figure 1

7. Remove the Tapping Screws that secu


2 Move the Fuser Connector Bracket.


F


8. Remove the Corotron Block (Figure 3). 9. Disconnect the Corotron Block cables (Ground/Detack/Transfer) (Figure 4).

).

rom the guides (2).

om the guides (2).

te).

from the guides (3).

igure 4


Reissue

1 Press the Spring Plate.

2 Remove the Corotron Block by pulling it in the direction of arrow.

Figure 3

1 Disconnect the Ground Cable (white

2 Remove the Ground Cable (white) f

3 Remove the Detack Cable (black).

4 Remove the Detack Cable (black) fr

5 Disconnect the Transfer Cable (whi

6 Remove the Transfer Cable (white)

F


Reissue

nsfer) to the Corotron Block hooks as shown in Fig-

igure 6

June, 20084-52REP 4.3.1



2. Perform the following steps to install the Corotron Block (Figure 5).

1 Press the Spring Plate.

2 Install the Corotron Block.

Figure 5

3. Attach the cables (Ground/Detack/Traure 6.

F


4. When installing the Transfer Corotron Housing, insert the tabs of Transfer Corotron Hous-ing into the square holes of the Corotron Bracket (Figure 7).

REP 4.4.1 Corotron Wire


g (REP 4.3.1).

.1).

(Figure 1).

irection of the arrow.

Outboard Cover.

igure 1


Reissue

Figure 7



1. Remove the Transfer Corotron Housin


3. Remove the Inboard/Outboard Cover

1 Remove the Inboard Cover in the d

2 Release the tabs (2) to remove the

F


Reissue

ire.

igure 3

rse order.

June, 20084-54REP 4.4.1


4. Attach the Corotron Wire (Figure 2).

1 Attach the Corotron Wire.

Figure 2

5. Attach the spring (Figure 3).

1 Attach the spring to the Corotron W

2 Attach the spring.

F



REP 5.1.1 Fuser (SCC) 3. Disconnect the connectors (Figure 2).

igure 2


Reissue



WARNINGThe Fuser and Exit Transport are hot. Do not work on them until they are cool enough.

1. Open the Left Side Cover.

2. Remove the Connector Cover (Figure 1).


2 Remove the Connector Cover.

Figure 1


F


Reissue

rse order.

do the following (Figure 4):

roove of the Fuser Frame.

ver into the hole in the frame.

igure 4

June, 20084-56REP 5.1.1


4. Remove the Fuser (Figure 3).


2 Remove the Fuser by shifting it in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 3


2. When installing the Connector Cover,

1 Insert the wire harness into the U-g

2 Insert the stud of the Connector Co

F


REP 5.1.2 Temperature Control Sensor Assembly 3. Remove the Temperature Control Sensor Assembly (Figure 2).

perature Control Sensor Assembly

Harness


Reissue





2. Slide the Cover to the left and remove (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Removing the Cover

1 Remove the Screw.

2 Remove the Harness.

Figure 2 Removing the Tem

CoverScrew


Reissue


ARNINGo not work on them until they are cool enough.

(Figure 1).

moving the Cover

Cover

June, 20084-58REP 5.1.2, REP 5.1.3



NOTE: Before tightening the Screw, make sure that the Tab on the Sensor Block is inserted in the notch of the Frame (Figure 3).

Figure 3 Installing the Temperature Control Sensor Assembly

REP 5.1.3 Fuser LampParts List on PL 5.1Removal


WThe Fuser and Exit Transport are hot. D


2. Slide the Cover to the left and remove

Figure 1 Re

Tab Notch

Screw

Sensor Block


3. Disconnect the hot side of the Fuser Lamp (Figure 2). 4. Disconnect the neutral side of the Fuser Lamp (Figure 3).

erminal.

e neutral side of the Fuser Lamp

White Wire

Terminal

Screw


Reissue

1 Disconnect the Terminal.

2 Remove the Screw.

Figure 2 Disconnecting the hot side of the Fuser Lamp

1 Disconnect the white wire from theT

2 Remove the Screw.

Figure 3 Disconnecting th

Terminal

Screw


Reissue

hrough the Fuser Roll (Figure 5).

ount.

oving the Fuser Lamp

AUTION

mp unless you are are wearing gloves.

rse order.

Fuser Lamp

Fuser Lamp Mount

June, 20084-60REP 5.1.3


5. Remove the Fuser Lamp Housing (Figure 4).

1 Remove 2 Screws.

2 Carefully remove the Fuser Lamp Housing.

Figure 4 Removing the Fuser Lamp Housing

6. Remove the Fuser Lamp by pulling it t

NOTE: Do not lose the Fuser Lamp M

Figure 5 Rem

ReplacementC

Do not touch the glass part of the Fuser La


Screws

Fuser Lamp Housing

Fuser Roll


REP 5.1.4 Fuser Roll 3. Remove the Stripper Finger Assembly (Figure 2 and Figure 3).

bly.

ser Cover Removed

he Stripper Finger Assembly

Fuser Cover

tripper Finger Assembly

r Assembly


Reissue




CAUTION

Do not touch the glass part of the Fuser Lamp unless you are are wearing gloves.

1. Remove the Fuser Lamp (REP 5.1.3).

2. Remove the Fuser Cover (Figure 1).

1 Remove the 2 Screws.

2 Remove the Fuser Cover.

NOTE: Do not lose the Cover Mount (Figure 2).

Figure 1 Removing the Fuser Cover

1 Remove the Screw.

2 Remove the Stripper Finger Assem

Figure 2 Fu

Figure 3 Removing t

Screws

Fuser Cover

Cover Mount S

Screw

Stripper Finge


Reissue

ough the Bushings in the Frame (Figure 5).

oving the Fuser Roll

ing

June, 20084-62REP 5.1.4


4. Remove the Fuser Roll Retaining Rings and Drive Gear (Figure 4).

1 Remove the Retaining Ring.

2 Remove the Drive Gear.

3 Remove the Retaining Ring from the other end of the Fuser Roll.

Figure 4 Removing the Retaining Rings and Drive Gear

5. Remove the Fuser Roll by pulling it thr

Figure 5 Rem

Retaining Ring

Drive Gear

Fuser Roll

Bush

Frame

Fuser Roll


Replacement CAUTION

ed correctly when reinstalling the Stripper Finger

g the Stripper Fingers


Reissue

CAUTION

Do not touch the glass part of the Fuser Lamp unless you are wearing gloves.


NOTE: When installing the Drive Gear, make sure that the Locating Key is oriented as shown in Figure 6.

Figure 6 Installing the Drive Gear

Make sure the stripper fingers are orientAssembly, as shown in Figure 7.

Figure 7 Settin

Locating Key


Reissue

re 2).

ies.

g the Fuser Pressure Roll

AUTION

mp unless you are wearing gloves.

REP 5.1.4.

rse order.

Spring Mount Assemblies

Fuser Pressure Roll

June, 20084-64REP 5.1.5


REP 5.1.5 Fuser Pressure RollParts List on PL 5.1Removal



CAUTION

Do not touch the glass part of the Fuser Lamp unless you are are wearing gloves.

1. Remove the Fuser Roll (REP 5.1.4).

2. Remove the Bushings (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Removing the Bushings

3. Remove the Fuser Pressure Roll (Figu

1 Remove the Levers.

2 Remove the Spring Mount Assembl

3 Remove the Fuser Pressure Roll.

Figure 2 Removin

ReplacementC

Do not touch the glass part of the Fuser La

NOTE: When installing the Fuser Roll, see


Bushings

Levers


REP 6.1.1 Exit Transport (Simplex) 3. Disconnect the connector (Figure 1).

hook.

guides (2).

lamps (2).

igure 1


Reissue




1. Open the Left Side Cover.



2 Remove the wire harness from the


4 Release the wire harness from the c

F


Reissue

igure 3

June, 20084-66REP 6.1.1


4. Remove the Connector Cover (Figure 2).



Figure 2

5. Lower the Fuser levers (2) (Figure 3).

1 Lower the levers (2).

F


6. Remove the Exit Transport (Figure 4). Replacementrse order.

insert the stud of the Connector Cover into the hole

igure 5


Reissue


2 Remove the Exit Transport.

3 Remove the Belt from the Exit Transport Drive Gear, and disconnect J153 from the

Fuser Exit Sensor.

4 Remove the J153 wire harness from the Exit Transport.

Figure 4


2. When installing the Connector Cover, in the frame (Figure 5).

F

J153


Reissue

hook.

guides (2).

lamp.

igure 1

June, 20084-68REP 6.1.2


REP 6.1.2 Exit Transport (Duplex)Parts List on PL 6.1Removal



1. Open the Duplex Module.


3. Disconnect the connectors (Figure 1).


2. Disconnect P/J 551.




F


4. Remove the Connector Cover (Figure 2). 5. Lower the Fuser levers (2) (Figure 3).

igure 3


Reissue



Figure 2

1 Lower the levers (2).

F


Reissue

rse order.

insert the stud of the Connector Cover into the hole

igure 4

June, 20084-70REP 6.1.2


6. Remove the Exit Transport (Figure 4).


2 Remove the Exit Transport.

3 Remove the Wire Harness through the hole.


2. When installing the Connector Cover, in the frame (Figure 5).

F


REP 7.1.1 Simplex, Duplex Module 3. Open the Left Side Cover.

hook.

groove in the frame.

guides (5).

groove in the frame.

hooks (3).

igure 2


Reissue

Parts List on PL 7.1, PL 7.3 Removal



2. Tape the Bypass Tray so that it cannot open by itself (Figure 1).

1 Apply 2 pieces of tape as shown.

Figure 1








F


Reissue

Stopper.

igure 4

June, 20084-72REP 7.1.1


5. Remove the Front Stopper (Figure 3).

1 Remove the Front Stopper from the Registration.

2 Release the tab to remove the Front Stopper.

Figure 3

6. Remove the Rear Stopper (Figure 4).

1 Release the tab to remove the Rear

F


7. Remove the Simplex Module (Figure 5). REP 7.5.1 Bypass Feed Roll


.

Roll Cap.

igure 1


Reissue

1 Loosen the Tapping Screws (2).

2 Move the Pivot Retainers (2) in the direction of the arrow.

3 Remove the Simplex Module.

Figure 5 Removing the Left Hand Cover Assembly




1. Open the Bypass Tray.

2. Remove the Feed Roll Cap (Figure 1)

1 Release the tab to remove the Feed

F


Reissue
June, 20084-74REP 7.5.1

3. Remove the Bypass Feed Roll (Figure 2).

1 Release the hook to remove the Bypass Feed Roll.

Figure 2



REP 8.1.1 AIOC PWB (SCC) 3. Remove the Core Clip (Figure 2).

oving the Core Clip


Reissue



CAUTION

Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear an anti-static wrist band during ser-vice. If a wrist band is not available, touch a metallic section to discharge the static electricity.


2. Disconnect the AIOC PWB connectors (9) (Figure 1).

Figure 1

1 Remove the Core Clip.

Figure 2 Rem


Reissue

tor (Figure 4).

igure 4

June, 20084-76REP 8.1.1


4. Disconnect the Flexible Print Cables (2) from the AIOC PWB (Figure 3).

1 Disconnect the Flexible Print Cables (2).

2 Remove the Cores (2).

Figure 3

5. Remove the screw of the USB connec

1 Remove the screw.

F


6. Remove the AIOC PWB (Figure 5) Replacementrse order.

fer the EP ROM (U2) from the old board to the new

igure 6


Reissue



3 Slide the the AIOC PWB up and out of P/J 407.

Figure 5


2. When replacing the AIOC PWB, transone (Figure 6).

A EP ROM (U2)

F


Reissue

2).

ing the IIT Ground Plate

June, 20084-78REP 8.1.2


REP 8.1.2 LVPS (SCC)Parts List on PL 8.1Removal



2. Remove the Right Cover (REP 9.2.2).

3. Remove the AIOC PWB (REP 8.1.1).

4. Remove the PWB Bracket (Figure 1).


2 Remove the PWB Bracket.

Figure 1

5. Remove the IIT Ground Plate (Figure

1 Remove the Screws (4).

2 Remove the IIT Ground Plate.

Figure 2 Remov


6. Move the Inlet Bracket (Figure 3). 7. Disconnect the connectors (Figure 4).

igure 4


Reissue

1 Disconnect the connector (wire: blue).

2 Disconnect the connector (wire: brown).



5 Move the Power Inlet Bracket.

Figure 3


F


Reissue

round Wire.

igure 6

rse order.

June, 20084-80REP 8.1.2


8. Disconnect the connectors (7) (Figure 5).

Figure 5

9. Remove the LVPS (Figure 6).

1 Remove the screw to remove the G


3 Remove the LVPS.

F



REP 8.1.3 AIOC/Network PWB (DADF/Network Only) 3. Remove the EMI Cover (Figure 2).

I Cover.

oving the EMI Cover

Cable Clip


Reissue


NOTE: The following procedure is for the WorkCentre 5020 (DADF/Network) only. If you have a WorkCentre 5016, or 5020 with Platen only, see REP 8.1.1.


CAUTION

Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear an anti-static wrist band during ser-vice. If a wrist band is not available, touch a metallic section to discharge the static electricity.


2. On the right of the machine, remove the Screws holding the USB Connectors (Figure 1).


Figure 1 Removing the Screws Holding the USB Connectors


2 Remove the EMI Cover.

3 Remove the Cable Clip from the EM

Figure 2 Rem

Screw (10) EMI Cover


Reissue

ing the Flexible Print Cables

June, 20084-82REP 8.1.3


4. Remove the SLCC PWB (Figure 3).

a. Disconnect the Flexible Print Cables (2) from the AIOC PWB (Figure 4).



b. Disconnect all the Connectors from the right side of the SLCC PWB.

c. Remove 6 Screws and disconnect the SLCC PWB from the LVPS.

Figure 3 SLCC PWB for DADF/Network

Figure 4 Disconnect

Screw (6) LVPS Connectors

ConnectorsFlexible Print CablesAIOC PWB


Replacement NOTE: If you do not transfer the EPROMs, the existing NVM values for skew, copy qual-ity, etc. will be lost.

s are damaged during replacement or the informa- to the Reprogaming the EPROMS on the SLCC m the EPROMs. Customer settings must be repro-

sferring the EPROMs

EPROM

EPROM


Reissue


2. When replacing the SLCC PWB, transfer the EPROMs (3) from the old PWB to the new one (Figure 5).

NOTE: If one or more of the EPROMtion is courpt after replacement, referPWB Table 1 in Section 6, to reprogragramed manually.

Figure 5 Tran

EPROM


Reissue

e a Stubby Driver (499T00353).

re the Contact Block (Figure 2).

rness Block.

igure 2

June, 20084-84REP 8.2.1


REP 8.2.1 HVPS (SCC)Parts List on PL 8.2Removal



2. Disconnect the AIOC PWB connector (Figure 1).


2 Remove the wire harness from the clamp.

3 Slide the Connector Housing that was removed in step 1 through the square hole.

Figure 1



NOTE: When removing the HVPS, us

5. Remove the Tapping Screws that secu

1 Release the hook to remove the Ha


F


6. Remove the HVPS and Contact Block (Figure 3). 7. Separate the HVPS from the Contact Block (Figure 4).

rection of the arrow.

igure 4


Reissue


2 Disconnect the connector at the inner side of the HVPS.

3 Remove the HVPS and Contact Block.

Figure 3

1 Remove the Contact Block in the di

F


Reissue

t Block, insert the slot of the Contact Block into the

igure 6

June, 20084-86REP 8.2.1



2. Insert the wire harness of the HVPS into the slot of the Laser Housing (Figure 5).

A Slot

Figure 5

3. When installing the HVPS and Contacguide of the frame (Figure 6).

F


REP 8.2.2 Duplex PWB (SCC) 3. Remove the Duplex PWB (Figure 2).

rse order.


Reissue

Parts List on PL 8.2 Removal



2. Disconnect the Connector (Figure 1).


2 Remove the Wire Harness from the Hook.

3 Remove the Wire Harness from the Guides (3).


2 Remove the Guide.

3 Disconnect the Connector.


5 Remove the Duplex PWB.



Reissue

ontrol Panel (Figure 2).

igure 2

June, 20084-88REP 8.3.1


REP 8.3.1 Control Panel (SCC)Parts List on PL 8.3Removal


1. Remove the Front Left Cover (REP 9.1.2).

2. Remove the Control Panel Cover (Figure 1).


2 Press the tabs (2) to release them.

3 Remove the Control Panel Cover towards the front.

Figure 1

3. Remove the screws that secure the C


F


4. Remove the Control Panel (Figure 3). Replacementrse order.

tach the Control Panel hooks (3) to the IIT Frame

igure 4


Reissue

1 Slide the rear of the Control Panel in the direction of the arrow.


3 Remove the Cable Band from the Control Panel Hook (Figure 4, B).

Figure 3


2. When installing the Control Panel, at(Figure 4).

A Spring - On top

B Hook - Below

F


Reissue

B (SCC)


).

1).

igure 1

June, 20084-90REP 8.3.1, REP 8.4.1


3. Thread the wire harness of the Control Panel as shown (Figure 5).

Figure 5

REP 8.4.1 User Interface PWParts List on PL 8.4Removal


1. Remove the Control Panel (REP 8.3.1

2. Turn the Control Panel upside down.

3. Remove the Support Brackets (Figure


2 Remove the Support Brackets (3).

F


4. Remove the User Interface PWB (Figure 2).


Reissue


2 Remove the User Interface PWB.

Figure 2



Reissue
June, 20084-92REP 8.4.1


REP 9.1.1 Output Tray Replacementrse order.

e Output Tray (Figure 2).

ole of the frame.

igure 2


Reissue




2. Remove the Output Tray (Figure 1).


2 Remove the Output Tray by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 1


2. Perform the following steps to install th

1 Insert the tabs (2) into the square h

2 Attach the hook.

F


Reissue

rse order.

ttach the hooks (Figure 2).

igure 2

June, 20084-94REP 9.1.2


REP 9.1.2 Front Left CoverParts List on PL 9.1Removal



2. Remove the Front Left Cover (Figure 1).


2 Remove the Front Left Cover by pulling in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 1


2. When installing the Front Left Cover, a

A Hooks (3)

F


REP 9.2.1 Rear Cover 2. Remove the Rear Cover (Figure 2).

igure 2

rse order.


Reissue



NOTE: After removing the Rear Cover, it is not necessary to save the Data Plate with the machine serial number. The serial number can also be obtained by opening Left Side Cover and looking toward the back (bar code label) or by entering Diagnostics. See GP1.



2 Remove the cable band.

Figure 1


2 Remove the Rear Cover.

F



Reissue

rse order.

t the tabs (Figure 2).

igure 2

June, 20084-96REP 9.2.2


REP 9.2.2 Right CoverParts List on PL 9.2Removal




3. Remove the Right Cover (Figure 1).

1 Unplug the Power Cord.

2 Unplug the USB connector.


4 Remove the Right Cover by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 1


2. When installing the Right Cover, inser

A Tabs (5)

F


REP 10.1.1 IIT Platen Cover Replacement

onsisting of a Platen Cover and a Platen Cushion

n Glass, with the adhesive strips facing up.

e strips.

e back left corner of the Platen Glass (Figure 1).

f Platen Cover into the mounting holes.

n onto the Platen Cushion. Press down evenly to


Reissue



1. Remove the Platen Cover (PL 10.1) (Figure 1) by lifting it straight up.

Figure 1

NOTE: The Platen Cover comes as a kit, c(Figure 1).

1. Place the Platen Cushion on the Plate

2. Remove the backing from the adhesiv

3. Position the Platen Cushion against th

4. Insert the mounting posts (Figure 1) o

5. Carefully lower the Platen Cover dowensure good adhesion.Platen Cover

Platen Cushion

When installing a new Platen Cushion, place it against this corner

mounting posts


Reissue

).

e Platen Glass.

Cover.

and remove the IIT Upper Cover.

igure 2

rse order.

June, 20084-98REP 10.2.1


REP 10.2.1 IIT Upper Cover (SCC)Parts List on PL 10.2Removal


1. Remove the following parts:

• Platen Cover (PL 10.1)

• Control Panel (REP 8.3.1)

2. Remove the screws that secure the IIT Upper Cover (Figure 1).



3 Remove the cap.

Figure 1

3. Remove the IIT Upper Cover (Figure 2

1 Press the tabs (2) to release them.

NOTE: The tabs are visible through th

2 Open the right side of the IIT Upper

3 Press the tabs (2) to release them,

F



REP 10.3.1 IIT Carriage (SCC) 4. At the right side of the IIT Carriage, secure the Carriage Cable with tape so that it does not come loose (Figure 2).

ieces of tape.

igure 2


Reissue






2. Remove the IIT Upper Cover (REP 10.2.1).

3. At the left side of the IIT Carriage, secure the Carriage Cable with tape so that it does not come loose (Figure 1).

1 Move the IIT Carriage to the rear notch of the IIT Frame.

2 Secure the Carriage Cable with 2 pieces of tape.

Figure 1

1 Secure the Carriage Cable with 2 p

F


Reissue

iage Cable (silver) that was disconnected in step 5 the pulley of the IIT Carriage (Figure 4).

e

igure 4

June, 20084-100REP 10.3.1


5. While maintaining tension on the Carriage Cable (silver) at the front left side, disconnect it (Figure 3).

1 Disconnect the Carriage Cable.

2 Remove the Cable Spring.

3 Remove the Carriage Cable from the pulley.

4 Remove the Carriage Cable from the guide.

Figure 3

6. Use pieces of tape to secure the Carrso that it does not get separated from

A Secure the Carriage Cable with tap

1 Pulley

F


7. While maintaining tension on the Carriage Cable (black) at the front right side, disconnect it (Figure 5).

8. Use pieces of tape to secure the Carriage Cable (black) that was disconnected in step 7 so that it does not get separated from the pulley of the IIT Carriage (Figure 6).

e

igure 6

June, 20084-101WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

1 Disconnect the Carriage Cable (black).

2 Remove the Carriage Cable (black) from the guide.

3 Remove the Carriage Cable (black) from the guide.

Figure 5

A Pulley

1 Secure the Carriage Cable with tap

F


Reissue

e (black) that was disconnected in step 9 so that it Supply Drum (Figure 8).

e.

igure 8

June, 20084-102REP 10.3.1


9. While maintaining tension on the Carriage Cable (black) at the rear left side, disconnect it (Figure 7).

1 Remove the Cable Spring.


3 Remove the Carriage Cable from the pulley.

Figure 7

10. Use tape to secure the Carriage Cabldoes not get separated from the Cable


F


11. While maintaining tension on the Carriage Cable (silver) at the rear right side, disconnect it (Figure 9).

12. Use tape to secure the Carriage Cable (silver) that was disconnected in step 11 so that it does not get separated from the Cable Supply Drum (Figure 10).

e.

igure 10

June, 20084-103WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue


Figure 9


F


Reissue

rse order.

IIT Carriage to bend in the direction of the arrow

igure 12

June, 20084-104REP 10.3.1


13. Turn the left side of the IIT Carriage face up.

14. Disconnect the Flexible Print Cable connectors (2) (Figure 11).

Figure 11


2. Do not allow the Rail Contact of the (Figure 12).

A Rail Contact

F


3. Attach the Carriage Cables (black and silver) to the IIT Frame in the sequence shown (Figure 13).

REP 10.3.2 Flexible Print Cable (SCC)


.2.1).

).

oving the Core Clip

June, 20084-105WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

Figure 13






2. Remove the IIT Upper Cover (REP 10

3. Remove the IIT Carriage (REP 10.3.1

4. Remove the Core Clip (Figure 1).

1 Remove the Core Clip.

Figure 1 Rem


Reissue

re 3).

e the Flexible Print Cable.

h the hole in the IIT Frame.

igure 3

rse order.

June, 20084-106REP 10.3.2


5. Disconnect the Flexible Print Cables (2) from the AIOC PWB (Figure 2).



Figure 2

6. Remove the Flexible Print Cable (Figu

1 Peel off the pieces of tape to remov

2 Slide the Flexible Print Cable throug

F



REP 10.6.1 Exposure Lamp 4. Disconnect the connector (Figure 2).

lamp.

igure 2

June, 20084-107WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue






2. Remove the IIT Upper Cover (REP 10.2.1).

3. Remove the Inverter PWB Bracket 2 (Figure 1).

1 Remove the screw.

2 Remove the Inverter PWB Bracket 2.

Figure 1



F


Reissue

and Drum


.2.1).

).

June, 20084-108REP 10.6.1, REP 10.7.1


5. Remove the Exposure Lamp (Figure 3).

1 Remove the screw.

2 Remove the Exposure Lamp from the Lamp Holder.

Figure 3


REP 10.7.1 Carriage Cable Parts List on PL 10.7Removal






3. Remove the IIT Carriage (REP 10.3.1

4. Turn the IIT Carriage upside down.


5. Remove the Carriage Cables (black and silver) (Figure 1). Replacementrse order.

er) to the holes in the Drum (Figure 2).

igure 2

June, 20084-109WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

1 Peel off the pieces of tape to remove the Carriage Cables.

Figure 1


2. Attach the Carriage Cables (black/silv

F


Reissue

pulleys (Figure 4). See also the Cable Winding

so that they do not become loose (see Figure 1).

igure 4

June, 20084-110REP 10.7.1


3. Wind the Carriage Cables around the Drum and secure them with tape (Figure 3).

Figure 3

4. Wind the Carriage Cables around theSchematic (Figure 5).

5. Secure the Cables with pieces of tape

F


REP 10.7.2 Inverter PWB


.2.1).

Figure 1).

2.

igure 1

June, 20084-111WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

Figure 5 Cable Winding Schematic







3. Remove the Inverter PWB Bracket 2 (

1 Remove the screw.

2 Remove the Inverter PWB Bracket

F


Reissue

Figure 3).

1.

igure 3

June, 20084-112REP 10.7.2





Figure 2

5. Remove the Inverter PWB Bracket 1 (

1 Remove the screw.

2 Remove the Inverter PWB Bracket

F


6. Remove the Inverter PWB (Figure 4).

June, 20084-113WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue


2 Remove the Inverter PWB.

Figure 4



Reissue
June, 20084-114REP 10.7.2


REP 11.1.1 Tray 2 REP 11.1.2 Single Tray Module (Separation from IOT)


ARNINGh 2 persons.

igure 1

June, 20084-115WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue



1. Remove all paper from Tray 2.

2. Pull out Tray 2.

3. Lift the front side of Tray 2 and remove the tray (Figure 1).

Figure 1

Replacement• To install, do the removal steps in reverse order.



WThe IOT is heavy. Do this procedure wit

1. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1).


2 Pull out the cable clamp.

F


Reissue

s at the front (Figure 3).

ews (2).

igure 3

June, 20084-116REP 11.1.2


2. Remove the Countersunk Head Screws at the rear (Figure 2).

1 Remove the Countersunk Head Screws (2).

Figure 2

3. Remove the Countersunk Head Screw

1 Pull out Tray 1.

2 Remove the Countersunk Head Scr

F


4. Hold onto A (2) and B (2), and remove the IOT from the Single Tray Module (Figure 4). REP 11.4.1 Tray 2 Feed Roll


ar to remove it.

igure 1

June, 20084-117WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

Figure 4





2. Remove the Feed Shaft (Figure 1).

1 Remove the KL-Clip.

2 Remove the bearing.

3 Slide the Feed Shaft towards the re

F


Reissue

rse order.

align the pin on the Feed Shaft with the groove in

igure 3

June, 20084-118REP 11.4.1


3. Remove the Tray 2 Feed Roll (Figure 2).

1 Remove the KL-Clip.

2 Remove the Tray 2 Feed Roll.

Figure 2


2. When installing the Tray 2 Feed Roll,the Tray 2 Feed Roll (Figure 3).

F


REP 11.4.2 Tray 2 Retard Roll 3. Remove the Tray 2 Retard Roll Housing (Figure 2).

sing from the tabs (2).

igure 2

June, 20084-119WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue




2. Remove the Tray 2 Feeder (Figure 1).


2 Remove the Tray 2 Feeder.

Figure 1

1 Release the hooks (2).

2 Remove the Tray 2 Retard Roll Hou

F


Reissue

4).

2 Retard Roll.

igure 4

June, 20084-120REP 11.4.2


4. Remove the Retard Shaft (Figure 3).

1 Remove the Retard Shaft.

Figure 3

5. Remove the Tray 2 Retard Roll (Figure

1 Release the tab to remove the Tray

F


Replacement 3. When installing the Tray 2 Retard Roll Housing, check that the Tray 2 Retard Roll rises when the Holder Arm is pressed (Figure 6).

igure 6

June, 20084-121WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue


2. When installing the Tray 2 Retard Roll, align the coupling of the Friction Clutch with the Tray 2 Retard Roll (Figure 5).

Figure 5

A Holder Arm

B Tray 2 Retard Roll

F


Reissue

rse order.

June, 20084-122REP 11.5.1


REP 11.5.1 STM Feed SensorParts List on PL 11.5Removal


1. Remove the IOT from the Single Tray Module (REP 11.1.2).


3. Open Access Cover 2.

4. Remove the STM Feed Sensor (Figure 1).

1 Pull out the cable clamp.


3 Release the tabs, and remove the STM Feed Sensor.

Figure 1



REP 11.5.2 STM PWB (SCC) Replacementrse order.

June, 20084-123WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue



1. Remove the STM Rear Cover (PL 11.5).

2. Remove the STM PWB (Figure 1).



3 Remove the STM PWB.

Figure 1



Reissue

2).

lamp.

move the gear together with the STM Feed Clutch.

ole.

igure 2

rse order.

June, 20084-124REP 11.6.1


REP 11.6.1 STM Feed ClutchParts List on PL 11.6Removal



2. Remove the gears (Figure 1).

1 Remove the E-rings.

2 Release the tabs.

Figure 1

3. Remove the STM Feed Clutch (Figure




4 Release the tab on the gear, and re

5 Slide the wire harness through the h

F



REP 11.6.2 STM Feed Motor 3. Remove the STM Feed Motor (Figure 2).

lamp.

igure 2

rse order.

June, 20084-125WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue




2. Remove the gears (Figure 1).

1 Release the tab, and remove the gear.

2 Release the tab, and remove the gear.

Figure 1




4 Remove the STM Feed Motor.

F



Reissue
June, 20084-126REP 11.7.1

REP 11.7.1 STM No Paper SensorParts List on PL 11.7Removal


1. Remove Tray 1.


3. Remove the STM No Paper Sensor (Figure 1).


2 Release the tabs, and remove the STM No Paper Sensor.

Figure 1



REP 13.1.1 ADF Assembly 3. Remove the Screws (Figure 2).

2 (j0hu41302)

June, 20084-127WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue





1. Disconnect the Connector.

2. Remove the Cable Band.

Figure 1 (johu41301)

1. Remove the Screws (2).

Figure


Reissue

en Cushion


]).

1 (j0hu41304)

June, 20084-128REP 13.1.1, REP 13.1.2


2. Remove the ADF (Figure 3).

1. Remove the ADF.

Figure 3 (j0hu41303)


REP 13.1.2 ADF/DADF PlatParts List on PL 13.1 Removal


1. Remove the Platen Cushion ([Figure 1

1. Remove the Platen Cushion.

Figure


Replacement

2 (j0hu41305)

June, 20084-129WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

1. Paste the Platen Cushion ([Figure 2]).

1. Place the Platen Cushion on the Platen Glass.

2. Adjust the Platen Glass for the correct gap between it and the Registration Guide.

3. Slowly lower the ADF/DADF and press it onto the Platen Cushion.

Figure


Reissue

) .

he Clamp.

2 (j0hu41307)

June, 20084-130REP 13.2.1


REP 13.2.1 Document Tray Assembly (ADF)Parts List on PL 13.2 Removal



• Front Cover (REP 13.2.3)

• Rear Cover (REP 13.2.4)

2. Open the Top Cover.

3. Remove the Tapping Screw (Figure 1) .

i. Remove the Screw.


4. Remove the Support Bracket (Figure 2

i. Release the Wire Harness from t

ii. Remove the Tapping Screw.

iii. Remove the Tapping Screw.

iv. Remove the Ground Wire.

v. Remove the Support Bracket.

Figure


5. Disconnect the Connector (Figure 3) . 6. Remove the Ground Wires (Figure 4) .

Ground Wires (2).

4 (j0hu41309)

June, 20084-131WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

i. Disconnect the Connector.

ii. Remove the Cable Tie.


i. Remove the Screw to remove the

Figure


Reissue

embly


(REP 13.2.1).

June, 20084-132REP 13.2.1, REP 13.2.2


7. Remove the Document Tray Assembly (Figure 5) .

1. Remove the Document Tray Assembly.



REP 13.2.2 ADF Feeder AssParts List on PL 13.2 Removal


1. Remove the following covers.




3. Remove the Document Tray Assembly


4. Remove the Rear Blind Cover (Figure 1). 3. Disconnect the ADF PWB Connectors ([Figure 2]):

ADF PWB on the WorkCentre 5020 (DADF/Net-Connector reference numbers are the same.

2 (j0hu41312)

June, 20084-133WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

1. Remove the Tapping Screw.

2. Remove the Rear Blind Cover.


CN2

CN3

CN5

NOTE: The configuration of thework) is slightly different, but the

i. Disconnect the Connectors (3).

Figure


Reissue

[Figure 4]).

move the Ground Wire.

on the WorkCentre 5020 (DADF/Network).

4 (j0hu41314)

June, 20084-134REP 13.2.2


4. Remove the Screws at the front ([Figure 3]).

1. Remove the Screw (short).

2. Remove the Screw (long).



1. Remove the Screws at the rear (

2. Remove the Screw (long).

3. Remove the Tapping Screw to re

NOTE: There is no Ground Wire

Figure


4. Remove the ADF Feeder Assembly ([Figure 5]). REP 13.2.3 Front Cover


g the sections indicated by the arrows ([Figure 1]).

1 (j0hu41316)

June, 20084-135WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

1. Remove the ADF Feeder Assembly.





1. Remove the Front Cover while pressin

1. Remove the Screw.

2. Remove the Tapping Screws (3).

3. Remove the Front Cover.

Figure


Reissue


g the sections indicated by the arrow ([Figure 1]).

1 (j0hu41317)

June, 20084-136REP 13.2.3, REP 13.2.4



REP 13.2.4 Rear CoverParts List on PL 13.2 Removal


1. Remove the Rear Cover while pressin

1. Remove the Screw.


3. Remove the Rear Cover.

Figure


Replacement REP 13.2.5 DADF Eject Roller Solenoid


)

gure 1)

s clamp.

the Eject Roller Solenoid

d and ensure that the Solenoid linkage is properly .

ent procedure in reverse order of the removal pro-

2Remove the screws (2)

lamp4Remove the Solenoid

June, 20084-137WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

1. To install, do the removal steps in reverse order. Parts List on PL 13.7 Removal


1. Remove the Front Cover. (REP 13.2.3

2. Remove the Eject Roller Solenoid. (Fi

a. Disconnect the connector.

b. Remove the screws (2).

c. Remove the wire from the harnes

d. Remove the Solenoid.

Figure 1 Removing

Replacement1. Install the DADF Eject Roller Solenoi

install into the Eject Roller control arm

2. Perform the remainder of the replacemcedure.

1Disconnect the con-nector

3Remove wire c


Reissue

2 (j0hu41302)

June, 20084-138REP 13.2.6


REP 13.2.6 DADF AssemblyParts List on PL 13.1 Removal



2. If you have a WorkCentre 5020 (DADF/Network), you must remove the EMI Cover (10 Screws) and then remove the Cable Band from the EMI Cover (REP 8.1.3)


1. Disconnect the Connectors (2).

2. Remove the DADF Cable.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the DADF Cable

3. Remove the Screws (Figure 2).


Figure

Disconnect the con-nectors (2)


2. Remove the DADF (Figure 3). REP 13.2.7 Document Tray Assembly (DADF)


osening the screw

).

he Clamp.

Loosen the screw (1)

June, 20084-139WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

1. Remove the DADF.









3. Loosen the Tapping Screw (Figure 1).

a. Loosen the Screw.

Figure 1 Lo

4. Remove the Support Bracket (Figure 2

i. Release the Wire Harness from t

ii. Remove the Tapping Screw.

iii. Remove the Tapping Screw.

iv. Remove the Ground Wire.

v. Remove the Support Bracket.


Reissue

necting the connecgor

Remove cable tiennect the connector

June, 20084-140REP 13.2.7




i. Disconnect the Connector.

ii. Remove the Cable Tie.

Figure 3 Discon

Disco


6. Remove the Ground Wires (Figure 4). 7. Remove the Document Tray Assembly (Figure 5).

embly.

5 (j0hu41310)

rse order.

June, 20084-141WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

i. Remove the Screw to remove the Ground Wires (2).


1. Remove the Document Tray Ass

Figure



Reissue

1).

1 (j0hu41311)

June, 20084-142REP 13.2.8


REP 13.2.8 DADF Feeder AssemblyParts List on PL 13.4 Removal


1. Remove the following covers.




3. Remove the Document Tray Assembly (REP 13.2.7).

4. Remove the Rear Blind Cover (Figure

i. Remove the Tapping Screw.

ii. Remove the Rear Blind Cover.

Figure


5. Disconnect the ADF PWB Connectors (Figure 2):

Eject Roller Solenoid Bracket

re 3]).

2Remove the screws (3)

3Remove the Sole-noid Bracket

June, 20084-143WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

CN2

CN3

CN5

CN7

i. Disconnect the Connectors (4).

Figure 2 Disconnect the connectors (4)

6. Remove the DADF Eject Roller Solenoid.

a. Disconnect the connector.

b. Remove the screws (3).

c. Remove the Eject Roller Solenoid.

Figure 3 Removing the

7. Remove the Screws at the front ([Figu

i. Remove the Screw (short).

ii. Remove the Screw (long).Disconnect the connectors

1Disconnect the connector


Reissue

[Figure 4]).


5 (j0hu41314)

June, 20084-144REP 13.2.8




i. Remove the Screws at the rear (

ii. Remove the Screw (long).

iii. Remove the Tapping Screw to re

Figure


9. Remove the ADF Feeder Assembly ([Figure 5]). REP 13.3.1 ADF Control PWB


.

the direction of the arrow ([Figure 1]).

bly in the direction of the arrow.

1 (j0hu41339)

June, 20084-145WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

1. Remove the ADF Feeder Assembly.





1. Remove the Rear Cover (REP 10.2.1)

2. Raise the Document Tray Assembly in

1. Raise the Document Tray Assem

Figure


Reissue

e 3]).


3 (j0hu41319)

rse order.

June, 20084-146REP 13.3.1


2. Disconnect the PWB Connectors ([Figure 2]).

1. Disconnect the PWB Connectors (5).


2. Remove the ADF Control PWB ([Figur



3. Remove the Tapping Screw to re

4. Remove the ADF Control PWB.

Figure



REP 13.3.2 Left Counter Balance (SCC)

1 (j0hu41320)

June, 20084-147WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue



WARNINGThe ADF must be removed. There is danger when removing a Counter Balance that is in closed state because the compressed spring may get released suddenly.

1. Remove the ADF (REP 13.1.1).



4. Remove the Film Cover (Figure 1).

1. Remove the Film Cover.

Figure


Reissue

alance (SCC)


ARNINGe is danger when removing a Counter Balance ressed spring may get released suddenly.

.

June, 20084-148REP 13.3.2, REP 13.3.3


2. Remove the Left Counter Balance (Figure 2).


2. Remove the Left Counter Balance.



REP 13.3.3 Right Counter BParts List on PL 13.3Removal


WThe ADF/DADF must be removed. Therthat is in closed state because the comp

1. Remove the ADF/DADF (REP 13.1.1)

2. Remove the Rear Cover (PL 13.2).


3. Remove the Film Cover (Figure 1). 2. Remove the screws that secure the Right Counter Balance (Figure 2).

marking line.

ce.

2 (j0hu41323)

rse order.

stment (ADJ 13.1.1).

June, 20084-149WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

1. Remove the Film Cover.


1. Use the marking tool and make a

2. Remove the screws (4).

3. Remove the Right Counter Balan

Figure


2. Check the ADF/DADF Positional Adju


Reissue

re 2).

(5).

2 (j0hu41318)

Discon-nect the connec-tors

nect the tors

June, 20084-150REP 13.3.4


REP 13.3.4 DADF PWBParts List on PL 13.3 Removal



2. Raise the Document Tray Assembly in the direction of the arrow (Figure 1).

i. Raise the Document Tray Assembly in the direction of the arrow.


3. Disconnect the PWB Connectors (Figu

1. Disconnect the PWB Connectors

Figure

Disconconnec


2. Remove the DADF Control PWB (Figure 3). REP 13.4.1 Top Cover


1 (j0hu41324)

June, 20084-151WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue



3. Remove the Tapping Screw to remove the Ground Wire.

4. Remove the DADF Control PWB.

Figure 3 Removing the DADF Control PWB




1. Open the Upper Feeder Assembly.

2. Remove the Top Cover (Figure 1).


2. Release the Hooks (2).

3. Push in the Hooks (3).

4. Remove the Top Cover.

Figure

1Remove screws (2)

2Remove the screw (1)

3Remove the screw (1)

4Remove the PWB


Reissue


e 1).

1 (j0hu41325)

June, 20084-152REP 13.4.1, REP 13.8.1



REP 13.8.1 Retard RollParts List on PL 13.8 Removal



2. Open the Retard Roll Assembly (Figur

1. Open the Retard Roll Assembly.

Figure


2. Remove the Plate (Figure 2). 3. Remove the Retard Roll together with the Bearings (Figure 3).

3 (j0hu41327)

June, 20084-153WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

a. Remove the Tapping Screws (2).

b. Remove the Plate.


1. Remove the Retard Roll.

Figure


Reissue

d Roll


.

1 (j0hu41329)

June, 20084-154REP 13.8.1, REP 13.9.1


2. Remove the Retard Roll (Figure 4).

1. Remove the Bearings (2).



2. After a replacement, enter the Diagnostic Mode How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode and clear the simplex and duplex feed counters.

REP 13.9.1 Pickup Roll, FeeParts List on PL 13.9 Removal


1. Open the Upper Feeder Assembly.

2. Remove the Top Cover (REP 13.4.1).

3. Remove the Sensor Holder (Figure 1)


2. Remove the Sensor Holder.

Figure


3. Remove the E-Clip and the Bearing. 4. Remove the Feed Roll Assembly (Figure 3).

.

3 (j0hu41331)

June, 20084-155WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

a. Remove the Spring (Figure 2).

b. Remove the E-Clips (2).

c. Remove the Spring.


1. Move the Shaft.

2. Remove the Feed Roll Assembly

Figure


Reissue

5 (j0hu41333)

rse order.

stic Mode and clear the simplex and duplex feed

June, 20084-156REP 13.9.1


3. Remove the Feed Roll (Figure 4).

1. Remove the E-Clip.

2. Remove the Shaft.

3. Remove the Feed Roll.


4. Remove the Pickup Roll (Figure 5).

a. Remove the Bearing.

b. Remove the Pickup Roll.

Figure


2. After a replacement, enter the Diagno

counters.

ADJ 8.1.1, ADJ 8.1.2Repairs and Adjustments

ADJ 8.1.1 Edge Erase Adjustment ADJ 8.1.2 Controller Firmware Version Upgrade

Controller Firmware version xxx using Chain-Func-

e page.

at the Right Cover.

Device window will appear on the PC. Click the re Detected Wizard window is displayed.

decompressed Firmware to run it.

odel And File Selection)] is displayed. Select the irmware file, and then click [Next].

nication Interface Selection)] is displayed. Select

...)] window is displayed indicating the data transfer pleted, the [Firmware Update Tool (Result)] window

June, 20084-157WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

PurposeTo set the right amount of edge erase at the lead edge and trail edge, as well as at both sides (left/right) of the image.

NOTE: Do the IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration adjustment first.

Check1. Specify a tray that contains paper, leave the platen cover open, and make a completely

black copy by not putting any document on the glass.

2. Check that the white portion at the lead edge, trail edge, and both sides of the copy are all 2mm wide.

Adjustment1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode and adjust the following NVM. Increasing the value will

increase the amount of edge erase.

PurposeTo upgrade the version of the Controller.

CheckCheck the current version:

Enter the Diagnostic Mode and check the tion [29-50].

Adjustment[USB Connection]

1. Download the Firmware from our hom

2. Decompress the Firmware.

3. Connect the PC to the USB connector

4. Turn the power ON, and the Add USB[Cancel] button when the New Hardwa

5. Double-click the executable file of the

6. The [Firmware Update Tool (Printer Mmachine model and the downloaded F

7. The [Firmware Update Tool (Commu[USB Port] and click [Next].

8. The [Firmware Update Tool (Updatingin progress. Once the upgrade is comis displayed. Click the [Finish] button.

Table 1

Chain Func Name Min Initial Max Step

6 59 Normal Side Edge Erase Adjust-ment

0 16 32 0.254mm

6 60 Normal Lead Edge Erase Adjust-ment

0 16 32 0.145mm

6 63 Normal Trail Edge Erase Adjust-ment

0 16 32 0.145mm


Reissue

ad edge (A) and side edge (B) meet the specifica-

e following Chain Functions to perform adjustments ge (A) and side edge (B) registration are within the

rt, reduce the setting value.

, increase the setting value.

st Pattern 499T247 (A3) on the platen so that there istration Guide. Make a copy using 100% R/E and

red values for lead edge (A) and side edge (B) are

tion

MSI

10 2.2mm

5 3.0mm

Table 2

Value Initial Value

1 Count

Min. Max.

T - ALL 0 60 30 0.146mm

LEAD REGI 0 60 30 0.146mm

LEAD REGI 0 60 30 0.146mm

AD REGI 0 60 30 0.146mm

SIDE REGI 1 99 50 0.254mm

IDE REGI 1 99 50 0.254mm

IDE REGI 1 99 50 0.254mm

REGI 1 99 50 0.254mm

June, 20084-158ADJ 10.3.1


ADJ 10.3.1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge RegistrationPurposeTo obtain the home position in the IIT lead edge (slow scan)/IIT side edge (fast scan) direction.

Check1. Set the Test Pattern 499T247 (A3) on the platen, so that there is no gap between it and

the Rear Registration Guide. Make 3 copies using 100% R/E and A3 SEF paper.

2. Measure the lead edge and side edge of the 3rd copy (Figure 1).

Lead edge: part A in the figure

Side edge: part B in the figure

Figure 1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration

3. Check that the measured values for letions of the corresponding mode.

Adjustment1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode, and use th

until the measured values for lead edspecifications.

When the measured value is sho

When the measured value is long

2. After the adjustment, again set the Teis no gap between it and the Rear RegA3 SEF paper.

3. Repeat the procedure until the measuwithin the specifications.

Table 1 Specifica

Item Simplex

Lead edge (A) 10 1.6mm

Side edge (B) 5 2.1mm

Chain Func Sub System

Name

20 1 PH REGI ADJUSTMEN

20 41 PH TRAY 1 for NormalADJ

20 42 PH TRAY 2 for NormalADJ

20 43 PH MSI for Normal LEADJ

6 20 ROS ALL TRAY - LASERADJUSTMENT

6 21 ROS TRAY 1 - LASER SADJUSTMENT

6 22 ROS TRAY 2 - LASER SADJUSTMENT

6 26 ROS MSI - LASER SIDEADJUSTMENT

ADJ 11.1.1Repairs and Adjustments

ADJ 11.1.1 Carriage Assembly Alignment (Parallelism)

mbly Alignment (Parallelism)

, and make a copy in Platen Mode.

m step 1 as needed.

June, 20084-159WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

Purpose• To align the Carriage Assembly with the IIT Upper Cover.

• To prevent optical image skew in Platen Glass Mode.


Adjustment1. Remove the following parts:



• IIT Upper Cover (REP 10.2.1)

2. Adjust until the Carriage Assembly and the IIT Under Cover are parallel (Figure 1).

1 Loosen the Stop Screw.

2 Move the Carriage Assembly all the way to the right.

3 Turn the Adjustment Screw to adjust.

4 Tighten the Stop Screw.

Reference: Turning the Adjustment Screw counterclockwise moves the front of the Car-riage Assembly to the left.

Figure 1 Carriage Asse

3. Return the machine to its original state

4. Check for optical skew, and repeat fro


Reissue

is moved in direction A (Figure 2):

ent - Direction A (j0hu41335)

June, 20084-160ADJ 13.1.1


ADJ 13.1.1 ADF/DADF Positional AdjustmentPurposeTo correct the alignment of the ADF/DADF and correct the movement of the document.

Adjustment1. Remove the ADF/DADF Rear Cover (PL 13.2).

2. Change the position of the Right Counter Balance to adjust the skew amount (Figure 1).

1. Loosen the Screws (4).

2. Move the DADF/ADF in direction of A or B.

3. Tighten the Screws (4).

Figure 1 ADF Adjustment - 1 (j0hu41334)

• Result when the ADF/DADF

Figure 2 ADF Adjustm

ADJ 13.1.1Repairs and Adjustments

• Result when the ADF/DADF is moved in direction B (Figure 3):

June, 20084-161WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

Figure 3 ADF Adjustment - Direction B (j0hu41336)


Reissue
June, 20084-162ADJ 13.1.1

Parts Lists

5 Parts List.................................................................... 5-35

.................................................................... 5-36................................................................... 5-37

.................................................................... 5-38

.................................................................... 5-39

.................................................................... 5-40t ................................................................... 5-41.................................................................... 5-42.................................................................... 5-43.................................................................... 5-44

.................................................................... 5-45

.................................................................... 5-46

.................................................................... 5-47

.................................................................... 5-48F 2) ........................................................... 5-49F 2) ........................................................... 5-50

.................................................................... 5-51

.................................................................... 5-52

.................................................................... 5-53

.................................................................... 5-54

.................................................................... 5-55

.................................................................... 5-56

.................................................................... 5-57

.................................................................... 5-58

.................................................................... 5-59

.................................................................... 5-60

.................................................................... 5-61

.................................................................... 5-62

.................................................................... 5-63

.................................................................... 5-64


Reissue

OverviewIntroduction ..................................................................................................................... 5-3Subsystem Information ................................................................................................... 5-4Symbology ...................................................................................................................... 5-5

Parts Lists

DrivePL 1.1 IOT Motor............................................................................................................. 5-7

Paper TransportPL 2.1 Tray 1................................................................................................................... 5-8PL 2.2 Tray 1 Frame Accessory...................................................................................... 5-9PL 2.3 Tray 1 Components (1 OF 2) ............................................................................... 5-10PL 2.4 Tray 1 Components ( 2 OF 2).............................................................................. 5-11PL 2.5 Tray 1 Frame Components.................................................................................. 5-12PL 2.6 Tray 1 Frame Components (2 OF 2) ................................................................... 5-13PL 2.7 No Paper Sensor Housing ................................................................................... 5-14PL 2.8 Registration.......................................................................................................... 5-15PL 2.9 Registration Component ...................................................................................... 5-16

ROSPL 3.1 ROS ..................................................................................................................... 5-17

CRUPL 4.1 Drum Cartridge .................................................................................................... 5-18PL 4.2 Toner Empty Sensor and Erase Lamp ................................................................ 5-19PL 4.3 Transfer ............................................................................................................... 5-20PL 4.4 Transfer Corotron Housing Component............................................................... 5-21

FuserPL 5.1 Fuser.................................................................................................................... 5-22

Exit TransportPL 6.1 Exit Transport ...................................................................................................... 5-23PL 6.2 Exit Transport Component (Simplex)................................................................... 5-24PL 6.3 Exit Transport Component (Duplex) .................................................................... 5-25

Simplex / Duplex Module and Bypass TrayPL 7.1 Simplex Module ................................................................................................... 5-26PL 7.2 Left Hand Cover Assembly .................................................................................. 5-27PL 7.3 Duplex Module Component (1 OF 2)................................................................... 5-28PL 7.4 Duplex Module Component (2 OF 2)................................................................... 5-29PL 7.5 Bypass Tray Accessory ....................................................................................... 5-30PL 7.6 Bypass Tray Component ..................................................................................... 5-31

ElectricalPL 8.1 AIOC PWB, LVPS, Power Switch........................................................................ 5-32PL 8.2 HVPS, Interlock Switch, Duplex PWB ................................................................. 5-33PL 8.3 Control Panel Accessory ..................................................................................... 5-34

PL 8.4 Control Panel Component................

CoverPL 9.1 Front / Top Cover.............................PL 9.2 Rear / Right Cover and NOHAD Fan

IITPL 10.1 IIT Accessory .................................PL 10.2 IIT Component (1 OF 2).................PL 10.3 IIT Component (2 OF 2).................PL 10.4 IIT Upper Cover Cover ComponenPL 10.5 IIT Under Cover Component..........PL 10.6 IIT Carriage Component ................PL 10.7 Center Plate Component ...............

Single Tray ModulePL 11.1 Single Tray Module ........................PL 11.2 Tray 2 Component (1 OF 3)...........PL 11.3 Tray 2 Component (2 OF 3)...........PL 11.4 Tray 2 Component (3 OF 3)...........PL 11.5 Single Tray Frame Component (1 OPL 11.6 Single Tray Frame Component (2 OPL 11.7 STM No Paper Sensor...................

StandPL 12.1 Stand Component ..........................

ADF/DADFPL 13.1 ADF/DADF Accessory ...................PL 13.2 Component, Cover.........................PL 13.3 Base Cover Component.................PL 13.4 Feeder Component ........................PL 13.5 Lower Feeder Component .............PL 13.6 Retard Roll Component .................PL 13.7 Lower Feeder Assembly ................PL 13.8 Retard Roll Assembly ....................PL 13.9 Upper Feeder Assembly ................PL 13.10 Document Tray ............................

Common HardwareCommon Hardware .....................................Part Number Index ......................................


Reissue
June, 20085-2
Parts Lists

IntroductionParts Lists

Introduction

identified in the Symbology section.

air or adjustment procedure, the procedure number on in the parts lists e.g. (REP 5.1, ADJ 5.3)

n/Enlargement

omputer Systems Interface

Table 2

ng Companies

Meaning

s Operations

erican Solutions Group - US

erican Solutions Group -

urope

Table 1

Meaning


Reissue

OverviewThe Parts List section identifies all part numbers and the corresponding location of all spared subsystem components.

OrganizationParts Lists

Each item number in the part number listing corresponds to an item number in the related illustration. All the parts in a given subsystem of the machine will be located in the same illustration or in a series of associated illustrations.

Electrical Connectors and Fasteners

This section contains the illustrations and descriptions of the plugs, jacks, and fasteners used in the machine. A part number listing of the connectors is included.

Common Hardware

The common hardware is listed in alphabetical order by the letter or letters used to identify each item in the part number listing and in the illustrations. Dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise identified.

Part Number Index

This index lists all the spared parts in the machine in numerical order. Each number is followed by a reference to the parts list on which the part may be found.

Other InformationAbbreviations

Abbreviations are used in the parts lists and the exploded view illustrations to provide information in a limited amount of space. The following abbreviations are used in this manual:

SymbologySymbology used in the Parts List section is

Service Procedure ReferencingIf a part or assembly has an associated repwill be listed at the end of the part descripti

Table 1

Abbreviation Meaning

A3 297 x 594 Millimeters



AD Auto Duplex

AWG American Wire Gauge

EMI Electro Magnetic Induction

GB Giga Byte

KB Kilo Byte

MB Mega Byte

MM Millimeters

MOD Magneto Optical Drive

NOHAD Noise Ozone Heat Air Dirt

PL Parts List

P/O Part of

R/E Reductio

REF: Refer to

SCSI Small C

W/ With

W/O Without

Operati

Abbreviation

AO America

NASG - US North Am

NASG - Canada

North AmCanada

XE Xerox E

Abbreviation


Reissue
June, 20085-4Subsystem Information
Parts Lists

Subsystem InformationUse of the Term “Assembly”The term “assembly” will be used for items in the part number listing that include other itemized parts in the part number listing. When the word “assembly” is found in the part number listing, there will be a corresponding item number on the illustrations followed by a bracket and a listing of the contents of the assembly.

BracketsA bracket is used when an assembly or kit is spared, but is not shown in the illustration. The item number of the assembly or kit precedes the bracket; the item numbers of the piece parts follow the bracket.

TagThe notation “W/Tag” in the parts description indicates that the part configuration has been updated. Check the change Tag index in the General Information section of the Service Data for the name and purpose of the modification.

In some cases, a part or assembly may be spared in two versions: with the Tag and without the Tag. In those cases, use whichever part is appropriate for the configuration of the machine on which the part is to be installed. If the machine does not have a particular Tag and the only replacement part available is listed as “W/Tag”, install the Tag kit or all of the piece parts. The Change Tag Index tells you which kit or piece parts you need.

Whenever you install a Tag kit or all the piece parts that make up a Tag, mark the appropriate number on the Tag matrix.

SymbologyParts Lists

Symbology A Tag number within a circle having a shaded bar and pointing to an item number shows that the configuration of the part shown is the configuration before the part was changed by the Tag

ithout Tag Symbol


Reissue

A Tag number within a circle pointing to an item number shows that the part has been changed by the tag number within the circle (Figure 1). Information on the modification is in the Change Tag Index.

Figure 1 With Tag Symbol

number within the circle (Figure 2).

Figure 2 W


Reissue

x and having a shaded bar shows that the entire ing changed by the tag number within the circle

wing Without Tag Symbol

June, 20085-6Symbology

Parts Lists

A tag number within a circle with no apex shows that the entire drawing has been changed by the tag number within the circle (Figure 3). Information on the modification is in the Change Tag Index.

Figure 3 Entire Drawing With Tag Symbol

A tag number within a circle with no apedrawing was the configuration before be(Figure 4).

Figure 4 Entire Dra

Parts Lists

Overview PL 9.2 Rear / Right Cover and NOHAD Fan ................................................................... 5-37

.................................................................... 5-38

.................................................................... 5-39

.................................................................... 5-40t ................................................................... 5-41.................................................................... 5-42.................................................................... 5-43.................................................................... 5-44

.................................................................... 5-45

.................................................................... 5-46

.................................................................... 5-47

.................................................................... 5-48F 2) ........................................................... 5-49F 2) ........................................................... 5-50

.................................................................... 5-51

.................................................................... 5-52

.................................................................... 5-53

.................................................................... 5-54

.................................................................... 5-55

.................................................................... 5-56

.................................................................... 5-57

.................................................................... 5-58

.................................................................... 5-59

.................................................................... 5-60

.................................................................... 5-61

.................................................................... 5-62

.................................................................... 5-63

.................................................................... 5-64


Reissue

Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 5-3Subsystem Information ................................................................................................... 5-4Symbology ...................................................................................................................... 5-5

Parts Lists

DrivePL 1.1 IOT Motor............................................................................................................. 5-7

Paper TransportPL 2.1 Tray 1................................................................................................................... 5-8PL 2.2 Tray 1 Frame Accessory...................................................................................... 5-9PL 2.3 Tray 1 Components (1 OF 2) ............................................................................... 5-10PL 2.4 Tray 1 Components ( 2 OF 2).............................................................................. 5-11PL 2.5 Tray 1 Frame Components.................................................................................. 5-12PL 2.6 Tray 1 Frame Components (2 OF 2) ................................................................... 5-13PL 2.7 No Paper Sensor Housing ................................................................................... 5-14PL 2.8 Registration.......................................................................................................... 5-15PL 2.9 Registration Component ...................................................................................... 5-16

ROSPL 3.1 ROS ..................................................................................................................... 5-17

CRUPL 4.1 Drum Cartridge .................................................................................................... 5-18PL 4.2 Toner Empty Sensor and Erase Lamp ................................................................ 5-19PL 4.3 Transfer ............................................................................................................... 5-20PL 4.4 Transfer Corotron Housing Component............................................................... 5-21

FuserPL 5.1 Fuser.................................................................................................................... 5-22

Exit TransportPL 6.1 Exit Transport ...................................................................................................... 5-23PL 6.2 Exit Transport Component (Simplex)................................................................... 5-24PL 6.3 Exit Transport Component (Duplex) .................................................................... 5-25

Simplex / Duplex Module and Bypass TrayPL 7.1 Simplex Module ................................................................................................... 5-26PL 7.2 Left Hand Cover Assembly .................................................................................. 5-27PL 7.3 Duplex Module Component (1 OF 2)................................................................... 5-28PL 7.4 Duplex Module Component (2 OF 2)................................................................... 5-29PL 7.5 Bypass Tray Accessory ....................................................................................... 5-30PL 7.6 Bypass Tray Component ..................................................................................... 5-31

ElectricalPL 8.1 AIOC PWB, LVPS, Power Switch........................................................................ 5-32PL 8.2 HVPS, Interlock Switch, Duplex PWB ................................................................. 5-33PL 8.3 Control Panel Accessory ..................................................................................... 5-34PL 8.4 Control Panel Component ................................................................................... 5-35

CoverPL 9.1 Front / Top Cover................................................................................................. 5-36

IITPL 10.1 IIT Accessory .................................PL 10.2 IIT Component (1 OF 2).................PL 10.3 IIT Component (2 OF 2).................PL 10.4 IIT Upper Cover Cover ComponenPL 10.5 IIT Under Cover Component..........PL 10.6 IIT Carriage Component ................PL 10.7 Center Plate Component ...............

Single Tray ModulePL 11.1 Single Tray Module ........................PL 11.2 Tray 2 Component (1 OF 3)...........PL 11.3 Tray 2 Component (2 OF 3)...........PL 11.4 Tray 2 Component (3 OF 3)...........PL 11.5 Single Tray Frame Component (1 OPL 11.6 Single Tray Frame Component (2 OPL 11.7 STM No Paper Sensor...................

StandPL 12.1 Stand Component ..........................

ADF/DADFPL 13.1 ADF/DADF Accessory ...................PL 13.2 Component, Cover.........................PL 13.3 Base Cover Component.................PL 13.4 Feeder Component ........................PL 13.5 Lower Feeder Component .............PL 13.6 Retard Roll Component .................PL 13.7 Lower Feeder Assembly ................PL 13.8 Retard Roll Assembly ....................PL 13.9 Upper Feeder Assembly ................PL 13.10 Document Tray ............................

Common HardwareCommon Hardware .....................................Part Number Index ......................................


Reissue
June, 20085-2
Parts Lists

PL 1.1Parts Lists
June, 2008
5-3WorkCentre 5016, 5020

Reissue

PL 1.1 IOT MotorItem Part Description

1 007K94880 IOT Motor (REP 1.1.1)2 120E22470 Push Tie3 – Gear Pulley (Not Spared)4 – Cover (Not Spared)5 – Belt (Not Spared)6 – Traceability Label (Not Spared)


Reissue

PL 2.1 Tray 1

June, 20085-4PL 2.1

Parts Lists

Item Part Description

1 050K62940 Tray 1 Assembly2 – Tray Stopper (Not Spared)3 – Label (P/O Item 1)4 – Tray 1 (P/O Item 1)

PL 2.2Parts Lists

PL 2.2 Tray 1 Frame Accessory


Reissue


1 – Tray 1 Frame (P/O PL2.1 Item 1)2 848K01660 No Paper Sensor3 007K97780 Drive Gear Assembly4 – Bracket (P/O Item 3)5 – Gear (37T/23T) (P/O Item 3)6 – Gear (41T/22T) (P/O Item 3)7 007K97790 Link Gear8 807E19430 Gear (61T)9 809E73520 Link Spring10 – Clutch Bracket (Not Spared)11 807E19440 Gear (29T/29T)12 013E25920 Bearing13 121K40770 Tray 1 Feed Clutch (REP 2.2.1)14 801K25580 Interlock Switch Frame Assembly


Reissue

PL 2.3 Tray 1 Components (1 OF 2)

June, 20085-6PL 2.3

Parts Lists


1 – Tray (Not Spared)2 – Tray Front Cover (Not Spared)3 – Bottom Plate Assembly (Not

Spared)4 – Bottom Plate (P/O Item 3)5 – Bottom Pad (P/O Item 3)6 013E25881 Bearing7 059K33051 Roll And Shaft Assembly8 – Feed Shaft (P/O Item 7)9 059K32773 Feed Roll (REP 2.3.1)10 – Cover (Not Spared)11 – End Guide (Not Spared)12 – Pivot (Not Spared)13 – Spring (Not Spared)14 – Stopper (Not Spared)

PL 2.4Parts Lists

PL 2.4 Tray 1 Components ( 2 OF 2)


Reissue


1 – Front Side Guide (Not Spared)2 – Paper Guide (Not Spared)3 – Rear Side Guide (Not Spared)4 – Retard Shaft (Not Spared)5 – Pad Spring (Not Spared)6 019K07086 Retard Pad7 – Label (Max) (Not Spared)8 – Pinion Gear (Not Spared)9 – Bottom Stopper (Not Spared)10 809E54170 Stopper Spring11 – Earth Plate (Not Spared)


Reissue

PL 2.5 Tray 1 Frame Components

June, 20085-8PL 2.5

Parts Lists


1 – Sensor Block (Not Spared)2 110E11580 Tray 1 Interlock Switch3 130E87090 Tray 1 Feed Sensor (REP 2.5.1)4 120E29540 Actuator5 – Feed Chute (Not Spared)6 – Upper Baffle (Not Spared)7 – Plate Spring (P/O Item 6)8 – Shaft (P/O Item 6)9 – Roll (P/O Item 6)10 – Upper Baffle (P/O Item 6)11 – Eliminator (Not Spared)12 – Sensor Bracket (Not Spared)13 – Feed Sensor Spring (Not Spared)14 – Access Cover 1 (Not Spared)

PL 2.6Parts Lists

PL 2.6 Tray 1 Frame Components (2


Reissue

OF 2)Item Part Description

1 – Tray Spacer (Not Spared)2 – Enclosure Plate (Not Spared)3 – Earth Plate (Not Spared)4 005E26740 Coupling Clutch5 006K25751 Drive Feed Shaft6 807E19460 Gear (21T)7 059K48200 Take Away Roll Assembly8 413W77559 Bearing9 809E54180 Coupling Spring10 013E90840 Bearing11 013E32690 Coupling Bearing12 807E19450 Gear (16T/29T)13 – Sensor Wire Harness (Not Spared)


Reissue

PL 2.7 No Paper Sensor Housing

June, 20085-10PL 2.7

Parts Lists


1 120E23791 No Paper Actuator2 – Sensor Housing (Not Spared)3 130E87090 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (REP

2.7.1)4 – Bracket (Not Spared)5 – Sensor Wire Harness (Not Spared)

PL 2.8Parts Lists

PL 2.8 Registration


Reissue


1 059K48250 Registration Roll Assembly (REP 2.8.1)


Reissue

PL 2.9 Registration Component

June, 20085-12PL 2.9

Parts Lists


1 – Corotron Bracket (P/O PL2.8 Item 1)

2 – Registration Frame (P/O PL2.8 Item 1)

3 – Sensor Plate (P/O PL2.8 Item 1)4 130K71230 Registration Sensor Assembly5 – Wire Harness (P/O PL2.8 Item 1)6 – Registration Press Spring (P/O

PL2.8 Item 1)7 – Ground Spring (P/O PL2.8 Item 1)8 121K39710 Registration Clutch Assembly9 – Press Level Arm (P/O PL2.8 Item

1)10 – Corotron Press Spring (P/O PL2.8

Item 1)11 – Transfer Corotron Spring (P/O

PL2.8 Item 1)12 – Ground Sleeve (P/O PL2.8 Item 1)13 – Washer (P/O PL2.8 Item 1)14 – Press Roll (P/O PL2.8 Item 1)15 – Closing Roll (P/O PL2.8 Item 1)16 – Bearing (P/O PL2.8 Item 1)17 059K53230 Registration Roll18 – Clamp (P/O PL2.8 Item 1)

PL 3.1Parts Lists

PL 3.1 ROS


Reissue


1 062K18161 ROS Assembly (REP 3.1.1)2 – Laser Housing (Not Spared)3 – Label (Not Spared)4 – ROS Wire Harness (Not Spared)5 – Ground Harness (Not Spared)


Reissue

PL 4.1 Drum Cartridge

June, 20085-14PL 4.1

Parts Lists


1 101R00432 Drum Cartridge (REP 4.1.1)2 – Spring (P/O Item 5)3 – CRU Block (P/O Item 5)4 106R01277 Toner Bottle5 604K43851 CRU Blocker Kit

PL 4.2Parts Lists

PL 4.2 Toner Empty Sensor and Erase


Reissue

LampItem Part Description

1 130K71400 Toner Empty Sensor (REP 4.2.1)2 122K94091 Erase Lamp (REP 4.2.2)


Reissue

PL 4.3 Transfer

June, 20085-16PL 4.3

Parts Lists


1 – Transfer Module (Not Spared) (REP 4.3.1)

2 125K93751 Transfer Corotron Housing3 014K83123 Corotron Block Assembly

PL 4.4Parts Lists

PL 4.4 Transfer Corotron Housing


Reissue

ComponentItem Part Description

1 125K93751 Transfer Corotron Housing2 604K43810 Corotron Wire Kit (REP 4.4.1)3 – Spring (P/O Item 2)4 – Outboard Cover (Not Spared)5 – Latch (Not Spared)6 – Corotron Wire (P/O Item 2)


Reissue

PL 5.1 Fuser

June, 20085-18PL 5.1

Parts Lists


1 – Connector Cover (Not Spared)2 126K23581 Fuser Assembly (220V) (REP

5.1.1)– 126K24411 Fuser Assembly (110V) (REP

5.1.1)3 – AC Fuser Harness (Not Spared)4 – DC Fuser Harness (Not Spared)5 – Baffle Clip (Not Spared)6 122E92530 Fuser Lamp (220V) (REP 5.1.3)– 122E92550 Fuser Lamp (110V) (REP 5.1.3)7 022E30121 Fuser Roll (REP 5.1.4)8 022K74110 Pressure Roll Assembly (REP

5.1.5)9 130K71361 Temperature Control Sensor (REP

5.1.2)

PL 6.1Parts Lists

PL 6.1 Exit Transport


Reissue


1 059K48230 Exit Transport Assembly (Simplex) (REP 6.1.1)

2 059K48240 Exit Transport Assembly (Duplex) (REP 6.1.2)

3 – Label (Not Spared)


Reissue

PL 6.2 Exit Transport Component

June, 20085-20PL 6.2

Parts Lists

(Simplex)Item Part Description

1 – Lower Chute (P/O PL6.1 Item 1)2 059K43000 Exit Roll3 059E99331 Pinch Roll4 – Pinch Roll Support (P/O PL6.1 Item

1)5 809E76520 Pinch Spring6 013E30050 Bearing7 – Sensor Wire Harness (P/O PL6.1

Item 1)8 – Bearing (P/O PL6.1 Item 1)9 – Earth Plate (P/O PL6.1 Item 1)10 – Gear (19T) (P/O PL6.1 Item 1)11 – Gear Pulley (P/O PL6.1 Item 1)12 – Cap (P/O PL6.1 Item 1)13 – Sensor Support (P/O Item 18)14 130E87090 Fuser Exit Sensor15 – Actuator (P/O Item 18)16 – Actuator Spring (P/O Item 18)17 – Insulator (P/O Item 18)18 604K43840 Exit Sensor Kit

PL 6.3Parts Lists

PL 6.3 Exit Transport Component


Reissue

(Duplex)Item Part Description

1 – Lower Chute (Not Spared)2 059K43000 Exit Roll3 059E99331 Pinch Roll4 – Pinch Roll Support (Not Spared)5 809E76520 Pinch Spring6 013E30050 Bearing7 – Sensor Wire Harness (Not Spared)8 – Bearing (Not Spared)9 – Earth Plate (Not Spared)10 – Gear Pulley11 – Gear (24T) (Not Spared)12 – Sensor Support (P/O Item 19)13 130E87090 Fuser Exit Sensor14 – Actuator (P/O Item 19)15 – Actuator Spring (P/O Item 19)16 – Motor Frame (Not Spared)17 127K51590 Exit Motor18 423W06555 Belt19 – Insulator (P/O Item 20)20 604K43840 Exit Sensor Kit


Reissue

PL 7.1 Simplex Module

June, 20085-22PL 7.1

Parts Lists


1 802K99450 Simplex Module (REP 7.1.1)

PL 7.2Parts Lists

PL 7.2 Left Hand Cover Assembly


Reissue


1 – Left Hand Cover (Not Spared)2 – Left Hand Upper Chute (Not

Spared)3 – Left Hand Chute (Not Spared)4 – Front Stopper (P/O Item 12)5 – Pivot Retainer (P/O Item 12)6 – Latch Handle (P/O Item 13)7 – Latch (P/O Item 13)8 – Latch Shaft (P/O Item 13)9 – Main Baffle (Not Spared)10 – Rear Stopper (P/O Item 12)11 – Latch Spring (P/O Item 13)12 604K43860 Left Hand Door Kit13 604K43870 Left Hand Door Latch Kit14 – Jam Clear Label (P/O Item 1)


Reissue

PL 7.3 Duplex Module Component (1

June, 20085-24PL 7.3

Parts Lists


1 802K97500 Left Hand Cover Assembly (REP 7.1.1)

2 059E03090 Pinch Roll3 – Pinch Spring (P/O Item 1)4 – Left Hand Chute (P/O Item 1)5 – Left Hand Upper Chute (P/O Item

1)6 – Front Stopper (P/O Item 1)7 – Duplex Roll 1 (P/O Item 1)8 013E33260 Bearing9 – Pulley (P/O Item 1)10 023E26660 Belt11 – Pivot Retainer (P/O Item 13)12 – Rear Stopper (P/O Item 13)13 604K43860 Left Hand Door Kit14 – Left Hand Cover (P/O Item 1)

PL 7.4Parts Lists

PL 7.4 Duplex Module Component (2


Reissue


1 – Duplex Main Baffle (P/O PL7.3 Item 1)

2 – Duplex in Chute (P/O PL7.3 Item 1)3 809E76630 Idler Spring4 – Idler Shaft (P/O PL7.3 Item 1)5 059E03650 Idler Roll6 – Latch Spring (P/O Item 14)7 – Latch Handle (P/O Item 14)8 – Latch (P/O Item 14)9 013E33260 Bearing10 – Latch Shaft (P/O Item 14)11 807E21180 Gear (18T)12 006K86440 Duplex Roll 213 – Label (Jam Clear) (Not Spared)14 604K43870 Left Hand Door Latch Kit


Reissue

PL 7.5 Bypass Tray Accessory

June, 20085-26PL 7.5

Parts Lists


1 – Bypass Feed Shaft (P/O Item 22)2 – Bearing (P/O Item 22, Item 27)3 – Idler Roll (P/O Item 22, Item 28)4 – Idler Shaft (P/O Item 22, Item 28)5 – Bypass Idler Spring (P/O Item 22,

Item 24, Item 28)6 – Drive Support Bracket (P/O Item

22, Item 26)7 – Gear (42/30T) (P/O Item 22, Item

26)8 – Shaft (P/O Item 22, Item 26)9 – Idler Arm (P/O Item 22, Item 26)10 – Gear (49T) (P/O Item 22, Item 26)11 – Shaft (P/O Item 22, Item 26)12 – Shaft (P/O Item 22, Item 26)13 – Sector Gear Spring (P/O Item 22,

Item 24, Item 26)14 – Idler Arm Spring (P/O Item 22, Item

24, Item 26)15 807E17870 Gear Pulley16 – Sector Gear (P/O Item 22, Item 27)17 – Cam (P/O Item 22, Item 27)18 121E20950 Bypass Solenoid19 059K54730 Bypass Feed Roll (REP 7.5.1)20 – Feed Roll Cap (P/O Item 22, Item

29)21 – Bypass Tray (P/O Item 22)22 059K48260 Bypass Feeder Assembly23 – Label (Not Spared)24 604K43820 MSI Spring Kit25 022E29860 Nudge Roller26 604K45750 MSI Assembly No. 2 Repair Kit27 604K45770 MSI Assembly No. 4 Repair Kit28 604K45780 MSI Assembly No. 5 Repair Kit29 604K45790 MSI Assembly No. 6 Repair Kit

PL 7.6Parts Lists

PL 7.6 Bypass Tray Component


Reissue


1 050K58051 Bypass Tray Assembly2 – Bearing (P/O Item 15)3 – Bypass Take Away Roll (P/O Item

15)4 – Lower Baffle (P/O Item 15)5 – Nudger Plate (P/O Item 14)6 – Nudger Pad (P/O Item 13, Item 14)7 – Nudger Spring (P/O Item 13, PL7.5

Item 29)8 – Gear (18T) (P/O Item 15)9 – Roll (Not Spared)10 – Retard Spring (P/O PL7.5 Item 24)11 019K08890 Retard Pad Assembly12 – Pre Shingler Bracket (P/O Item 15)13 604K43830 Bypass Retard Kit14 604K45740 MSI Assembly No. 1 Repair Kit15 604K45760 MSI Assembly No. 3 Repair Kit


Reissue

PL 8.1 AIOC PWB, LVPS, Power

June, 20085-28PL 8.1

Parts Lists

SwitchItem Part Description

1 110E11320 Power Switch2 – Screw (With Washer) (Not Spared)3 – Inlet Bracket (Not Spared)4 – PWB Bracket (Not Spared)5 – Inlet (Not Spared)6 – CRUM ID Harness (Not Spared)7 – Inlet Wire Harness (Not Spared)8 – Billing Counter Harness (Not

Spared)9 960K43421 AIOC PWB (REP 8.1.1)– 960K44250 AIOC/Network PWB ((DADF Only))

(REP 8.1.3)10 105E17391 LVPS (220V) (REP 8.1.2)– 105E17411 LVPS (110V) (REP 8.1.2)– 105E18010 DADF LVPS (220V) (REP 8.1.2)– 105E18020 DADF LVPS (110V) (REP 8.1.2)11 – Choke Coil (Not Spared)12 – Power Cord (Not Spared)13 960K28611 Exit PWB

PL 8.2Parts Lists

PL 8.2 HVPS, Interlock Switch, Duplex


Reissue

PWBItem Part Description

1 014K83141 HV Contact Block2 105E17401 HVPS (REP 8.2.1)3 801K25570 Left Hand Interlock Switch4 – Interlock Switch Wire Harness (Not

Spared)5 – Core (Not Spared)6 – Earth Plate (Not Spared)7 – Front Cover Interlock Switch (Not

Spared)8 – Earth Plate (Not Spared)9 – Harness Block (Not Spared)10 – Harness Block (Not Spared)11 – Core Clip (Not Spared)


Reissue

PL 8.3 Control Panel Accessory

June, 20085-30PL 8.3

Parts Lists


1 – Support Bracket (Not Spared)2 – Control Panel Cover (Not Spared)3 962K66150 Control Panel Wire Harness4 802K97694 Control Panel (ADF, DADF Only)

(REP 8.3.1)– 848K04904 Control Panel (110V, 220V) (REP

8.3.1)5 896E58070 Label (WorkCentre 5020)

PL 8.4Parts Lists

PL 8.4 Control Panel Component


Reissue


1 – Control Panel Panel Case (With Key) (P/O PL8.3 Item 4)

2 960K32602 UI Platen PWB Assembly (REP 8.4.1)

– 960K32783 UI PWB Assembly (ADF Only) (REP 8.4.1)

– 960K38300 UI PWB Assembly (DADF Only) (REP 8.4.1)

3 – Middle Panel (P/O PL8.3 Item 4)4 – Label (P/O PL8.3 Item 4)


Reissue

PL 9.1 Front / Top Cover

June, 20085-32PL 9.1

Parts Lists


1 848E04480 Exit Cover2 848K17300 Front Cover Assembly3 – Front Left Cover (REP 9.1.2)4 – Output Tray (Not Spared) (REP

9.1.1)5 – Right Top Cover (Not Spared)6 – Xerox Badge Plate (P/O Item 2)7 – IIT Support Bracket (Not Spared)8 – Duct (Not Spared)9 848E04511 Front Cover10 801E04660 Strap11 105E12210 Static Eliminator

PL 9.2Parts Lists

PL 9.2 Rear / Right Cover and NOHAD


Reissue

FanItem Part Description

1 848E04501 Rear Cover (Remove Data Plate and Place on New Rear Cover) (REP 9.2.1)

2 848E04451 Right Cover (REP 9.2.2)3 127K51632 NOHAD Fan4 053E93650 Ozone Filter5 – Data Plate (Not Spared) (Remove

Data Plate and Place on New Rear Cover)


Reissue

PL 10.1 IIT Accessory

June, 20085-34PL 10.1

Parts Lists


1 – IIT Right Bracket (Not Spared)2 – IIT (Not Spared)3 – Label (Not Spared)4 – Platen Cover (P/O Item 8)5 – Platen Cushion (P/O Item 8)6 – Cap (Not Spared)7 604K47130 Error Code Label Kit8 604K46500 Platen Cover Kit (REP 10.1.1)

PL 10.2Parts Lists

PL 10.2 IIT Component (1 OF 2)


Reissue


1 848K07410 IIT Upper Cover (REP 10.2.1)2 604K44330 Hinge Kit3 – Blind Cover (Not Spared)4 – Plate Spring (P/O Item 2)


Reissue

PL 10.3 IIT Component (2 OF 2)

June, 20085-36PL 10.3

Parts Lists


1 041K95870 IIT Carriage (REP 10.3.1)2 – IIT Under Cover (Not Spared)3 962K59950 Flexible Print Cable (REP 10.3.2)4 – Plate Spring (Not Spared)5 809E79910 Cable Spring (Rear)6 809E79920 Cable Spring (Front)7 – Pulley (Not Spared)

PL 10.4Parts Lists

PL 10.4 IIT Upper Cover Cover


Reissue

ComponentItem Part Description

1 802K71882 IIT Upper Cover2 090E02380 Small Platen Glass3 090E91720 Platen Glass4 815E08650 White Referance5 815E42250 Sheet (Black and White)6 – Label (Not Spared)7 – Label (Not Spared)


Reissue

PL 10.5 IIT Under Cover Component

June, 20085-38PL 10.5

Parts Lists


1 – Under Cover (P/O PL10.3 Item 2)2 801K30780 Front Rail3 – Rear Frame (P/O PL10.3 Item 2)4 801E05970 Rear Rail5 – Hinge Sleeve (P/O PL10.3 Item 2)6 – Pulley (P/O PL10.3 Item 2)7 – Cable Bracket (P/O PL10.3 Item 2)8 110E11551 Platen Open Switch

PL 10.6Parts Lists

PL 10.6 IIT Carriage Component


Reissue


1 – Center Plate (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)2 – Front Mirror Frame (P/O PL10.3

Item 1)3 – Rear Mirror Frame (P/O PL10.3

Item 1)4 – Mirror Clip (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)5 – Mirror 2 Damper (P/O PL10.3 Item

1)6 – Mirror 3 Damper (P/O PL10.3 Item

1)7 – Rear Mirror Stopper (P/O PL10.3

Item 1)8 – Rear Mirror Stopper (P/O PL10.3

Item 1)9 – Mirror Weight (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)10 – Front Lamp Holder (P/O PL10.3

Item 1)11 – Rear Lamp Holder (P/O PL10.3

Item 1)12 – Sensor Plate (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)13 – Reflector (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)14 – IIT Carriage Cover (P/O PL10.3

Item 1)15 – Reflector Cover (P/O PL10.3 Item

1)16 868E12730 Sensor Plate Spring17 – Rail Contact (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)18 – Mirror Weight (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)19 121K41690 Carriage Sensor20 122E92570 Exposure Lamp (REP 10.6.1)21 127K57140 Carriage Motor22 – Mirror 1 (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)23 – Mirror 2 (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)24 – Mirror 3 (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)


Reissue

PL 10.7 Center Plate Component

June, 20085-40PL 10.7

Parts Lists


1 – Len Assembly (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)2 – Drum and Carriage Cable (P/O

PL10.3 Item 1) (ACO) (REP 10.7.1)3 – Pulley (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)4 – Mirror Clip (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)5 – Mirror Frame (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)6 – Side Slider (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)7 – Rail Contact (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)8 – Rail Slider (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)9 – Front Slider (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)10 – Gear (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)11 – Gear (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)12 – Mirror Frame Bracket (P/O PL10.3

Item 1)13 – CCD Support (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)14 – Lock Plate (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)15 – Inverter PWB Bracket 1 (P/O

PL10.3 Item 1)16 – Inverter PWB Bracket 2 (Not

Spared)17 – Bracket (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)18 140E88751 Inverter PWB (REP 10.7.2)19 – Mirror 4 (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)20 – Wire Harness (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)21 – Carriage Cable (Black) (Not

Spared)22 – Carriage Cable (Silver) (P/O

PL10.3 Item 1)23 – Drum (P/O PL10.3 Item 1)

PL 11.1Parts Lists

PL 11.1 Single Tray Module


Reissue


1 050K57701 Tray 2 (REP 11.1.1)2 – Single Tray Frame (Not Spared)3 896E41981 End Guide Label4 896E42140 Install Label


Reissue

PL 11.2 Tray 2 Component (1 OF 3)

June, 20085-42PL 11.2

Parts Lists


1 – End Guide (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)2 – Tray (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)3 – Tray Front Cover (P/O PL11.1 Item

1)4 – End Guide Spring (P/O PL11.1 Item

1)5 – Earth Plate (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)6 – Cover (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)7 – End Guide Lock (P/O PL11.1 Item

1)8 – Mini Bottom Plate (P/O PL11.1 Item

1)9 – Spring (Side) (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)10 – Spring (Center) (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)

PL 11.3Parts Lists



Reissue


1 038K89761 Front Side Guide2 038K89821 Rear Side Guide3 – Tapping Screw (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)4 – Rack (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)5 – Latch (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)6 – Pinion (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)7 – Latch Spring (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)8 – Rack (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)


Reissue


June, 20085-44PL 11.4

Parts Lists


1 059K48430 Tray 2 Feeder Assembly2 – Feed Chute (P/O Item 1)3 059K48660 Tray 2 Feed Roll (REP 11.4.1)4 – Feed Shaft (P/O Item 1)5 013E90840 Bearing6 – Earth Spring (P/O Item 1)7 – Core Roll (P/O Item 1)8 – Holder Seal (P/O Item 1)9 003K15530 Front Latch Assembly10 – Holder Arm (Not Spared)11 – Spring (Not Spared)12 019K09250 Retard Roll Housing13 – Retard Housing (P/O Item 12)14 – Retard Holder (P/O Item 12)15 – Retard Shaft (P/O Item 12)16 – Friction Clutch (P/O Item 12)17 – Tray 2 Retard Roll (P/O Item 12)

(REP 11.4.2)18 – Retard Plate (P/O Item 12)19 – Retard Spring (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)20 – Latch Cover (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)21 003K15540 Rear Latch Assembly22 – Spring (P/O PL11.1 Item 1)

PL 11.5Parts Lists

PL 11.5 Single Tray Frame


Reissue

Component (1 OF 2)Item Part Description

1 – STM Rear Cover (Not Spared)2 – STM Wire Harness (Not Spared)3 – Earth Cushion (Not Spared)4 – Earth Plate (Not Spared)5 110E11580 STM Interlock Switch6 – Sensor Block (Not Spared)7 130E87090 STM Feed Sensor (REP 11.5.1)8 120E28091 Feed Sensor Actuator9 055K31090 STM Baffle Assembly10 – Roll (P/O Item 9)11 – Plate Spring (P/O Item 9)12 – Shaft (P/O Item 9)13 – Baffle (P/O Item 9)14 – Eliminator (P/O Item 9)15 960K28562 STM PWB (REP 11.5.2)16 – Guide Spring (Not Spared)17 – Arm Guide (Not Spared)18 – Tray Stopper (Not Spared)19 – Upper Feed Chute (Not Spared)20 809E74030 Feed Sensor Spring21 – Access Cover 2 (Not Spared)22 – Sensor Wire Harness (Not Spared)


Reissue

PL 11.6 Single Tray Frame

June, 20085-46PL 11.6

Parts Lists

Component (2 OF 2)Item Part Description

1 – Harness Holder (Not Spared)2 807E18360 Gear (Helical 21T)3 059K48440 Take Away Roll4 848K02140 No Paper Sensor Assembly5 013E32180 Bearing (220v)– 013E90840 Bearing (110V)6 807E18410 Gear (Helical 20T/36T)7 068K53590 STM Feed Clutch (REP 11.6.1)8 127K52180 STM Feed Motor (REP 11.6.2)9 807E18380 Gear (Helical 51T/15T)10 807E18390 Gear (Helical 40T/18T)11 807E18400 Gear (Helical 37T)12 – Tray Rear Stopper (Not Spared)13 – Earth Plate (Not Spared)14 – Bearing (Not Spared)

PL 11.7Parts Lists

PL 11.7 STM No Paper Sensor


Reissue


1 – Actuator Support (P/O PL11.6 Item 4)

2 120E29630 No Paper Sensor Actuator3 130E87090 No Paper Sensor (REP 11.7.1)4 – Sensor Housing (P/O PL11.6 Item

4)


Reissue

PL 12.1 Stand Component

June, 20085-48PL 12.1

Parts Lists


1 – Stand (Not Spared)2 017K93121 Caster3 017K93132 Caster (With Stopper)4 017E12010 Locator Peg5 121E93360 Catch Magnet6 – Front Door (Not Spared)7 – Stand Hinge (Not Spared)8 – Door Hinge (Not Spared)9 – Guide (Not Spared)10 017E98760 Support11 – Screw (Not Spared)12 – Foot Cover (Not Spared)13 – Adjuster Foot (Not Spared)14 – Front Foot (Not Spared)15 – Foot Bracket (Not Spared)

PL 13.1Parts Lists

PL 13.1 ADF/DADF Accessory


Reissue


1 022K74860 ADF Assembly (with Item 2) (REP 13.1.1, ADJ 13.1.1)

2 004E17510 Platen Cushion (REP 13.1.2)3 – Screw (Not Spared)4 – Push Tie (Not Spared)


Reissue

PL 13.2 Component, Cover

June, 20085-50PL 13.2

Parts Lists


1 022K75730 DADF Scanner Assembly– 059K55590 ADF Scanner Assembly (REP

13.2.2)2 – Rear Cover (Not Spared)3 – Front Cover (Not Spared)4 050K60800 ADF Document Tray Assembly

(REP 13.2.1)– 050K63270 DADF Document Tray Assembly5 – Front Blind Cover (Not Spared)6 – Rear Blind Cover (Not Spared)7 – Support Bracket (Not Spared)8 – Base Cover Assembly (Not Spared)

PL 13.3Parts Lists

PL 13.3 Base Cover Component


Reissue


1 960K42980 DADF PWB (REP 13.3.4)– 960K32370 ADF PWB (REP 13.3.1)2 – Bracket (Not Spared)3 962K60840 ADF Cable4 – Exit Chute (Not Spared)5 – Stamp Cover (Not Spared)6 – Lead In Pinch Roller (Not Spared)7 604K44340 Spring Plate Kit (5/Kit)8 059K55600 Exit Pinch Roller9 016E93560 Bush10 – Base Cover (Not Spared)11 003K86760 Right Counter Balance (REP

13.3.3)12 003K13560 Left Counter Balance (ADF Only)

(REP 13.3.2)– 003K15950 Left Counter Balance (DADF Only)

(REP 13.3.2)13 – Pinch Roll Bracket (Not Spared)14 604K44350 Read Out Pinch Roller Kit (5/Kit)15 – Spring Plate (Read Out) (Not

Spared)16 – Interlock Magnet (Not Spared)17 – Bottom Plate (Not Spared)18 – ADF Earth Spring (Not Spared)19 – Film Cover (Not Spared)20 – Film Cover (Not Spared)21 – Earth Wire (Not Spared)22 059K55860 Pinch Roll Assembly


Reissue

PL 13.4 Feeder Component

June, 20085-52PL 13.4

Parts Lists


1 – Upper Feeder Assembly (P/O PL13.2 Item 1)

2 – Top Cover (Not Spared)3 – ADF Lower Feeder Assembly (P/O

PL13.2 Item 1)4 – Pin (P/O PL13.2 Item 1)5 – Stopper Belt (P/O PL13.2 Item 1)

PL 13.5Parts Lists

PL 13.5 Lower Feeder Component


Reissue


1 – Document Drive Motor (P/O Item 24) (ADF Only)

2 – Motor Plate (P/O Item 24)3 – Gear (40T-21T) (P/O Item 24)4 – Bracket (P/O Item 24)5 – Gear (30T-21T) (P/O Item 24)6 – Gear (16T-35T) (P/O Item 24)7 – Bearing (P/O PL13.4 Item 3)8 – Gear (28T) (P/O PL13.4 Item 3)9 – Gear (39T-26T) (P/O PL13.4 Item

3)10 – Bush (P/O PL13.4 Item 3)11 – Gear (28T-18T) (P/O PL13.4 Item

3)12 – Gear (22T-16T) (P/O PL13.4 Item

3)13 – Gear (16T) (P/O PL13.4 Item 3)14 – Bearing (P/O PL13.4 Item 3)15 – Gear (17T) (P/O PL13.4 Item 3)16 – Gear (24T) (P/O PL13.4 Item 3)17 – Gear (19T) (P/O PL13.4 Item 3)18 – Gear (51T-30T) (P/O PL13.4 Item

3)19 – Gear (52T-21T) (P/O PL13.4 Item

3)20 – Registration Clutch (P/O PL13.4

Item 3)21 – Eject Torque Limiter (P/O PL13.4

Item 3)22 – Cable Fence (P/O PL13.4 Item 3)

(DADF Only)23 – Exit/Invert Clutch (P/O PL13.4 Item

3) (DADF Only)24 127K58700 Motor Assembly (DADF Only)– 127K57120 Motor Assembly (ADF Only)25 – Gear Plate (P/O PL13.4 Item 3)26 – Gear (21T-18T) (P/O Item 24)

(DADF Only)


Reissue

PL 13.6 Retard Roll Component

June, 20085-54PL 13.6

Parts Lists


1 – Retard Roll Assembly (Not Spared)2 – Registration Mylar (P/O Item 1)3 – Retard Mylar (P/O Item 1)4 – Base Lower Feeder Assembly (Not

Spared)5 – Arm Pin (Not Spared)6 – Shaft (Not Spared)7 – Paper Guide Plate (Not Spared)8 – Bearing (Oil Less) (Not Spared)9 – Gear (15T) (Not Spared)10 – Roll Assembly (P/O Item 1)

PL 13.7Parts Lists

PL 13.7 Lower Feeder Assembly


Reissue


1 – Bottom Chute (Not Spared)2 – White Sheet (Not Spared)3 – Bottom Sheet (Not Spared)4 – Base Frame (Not Spared)5 059K55620 Lead In Roll6 059K55630 Lead Out Roll7 – Bearing (Not Spared)8 059K55610 Registration Roll9 – Front Bracket (Not Spared)10 – Rear Bracket (Not Spared)11 – ADF Invert Gate (Not Spared)12 – Seal (Not Spared)13 – Exit/Invert Sensor (Not Spared)

(DADF Only)14 – Sensor Holding Bracket (Not

Spared) (DADF Only)15 – Registration Sensor (Not Spared)

(DADF Only)16 – Registration Sensor Actuator (Not

Spared) (DADF Only)17 – Registratin Sensor Spring (Not

Spared) (DADF Only)18 – Exit/Invert Sensor Spring (Not

Spared) (DADF Only)19 – Exit/Invert Sensor Actuator (Not

Spared) (DADF Only)20 – Exit/Invert Solenoid Bracket (Not

Spared) (DADF Only)21 – Solenoid Bracket (Not Spared)

(DADF Only)22 – Exit/Invert Solenoid (Not Spared)

(DADF Only)


Reissue

PL 13.8 Retard Roll Assembly

June, 20085-56PL 13.8

Parts Lists


1 – Plate (Not Spared)2 – Gear (18T) (Not Spared)3 – Bearing (Not Spared)4 – Exit Roller (Not Spared)5 – Rear Exit Arm (Not Spared)6 809E56440 Spring (Coil)7 – Front Exit Arm (Not Spared)8 – Gear (18T) (Not Spared)9 – Exit Roll Drive Shaft (Not Spared)10 – Spring Plate (Not Spared)11 – Spring Plate (Not Spared)12 – Plate (Not Spared)13 – Retard Roll Chute (Not Spared)

(REP 13.8.1)14 – Retard Roll Drive Shaft (Not

Spared)15 – Bush (Not Spared)16 – Bush (Not Spared)17 – Spring (Coil) (Not Spared)18 059E04080 Retard Roll (REP 13.8.1)19 – Gear (20T) (Not Spared)

PL 13.9Parts Lists

PL 13.9 Upper Feeder Assembly


Reissue

37 121K41660 Read Sensor Assembly


1 – Lock Lever (P/O PL13.4 Item 1)2 – Spring (P/O PL13.4 Item 1)3 – Main Shaft (P/O Item 22)4 – Bearing (P/O Item 22)5 – Pickup Roll (P/O Item 22) (REP

13.9.1)6 – Pickup Roll Shaft (P/O Item 22)7 – Housing (P/O Item 22)8 – Gear (18T-22T) (P/O Item 22)9 – Feed Roll (P/O Item 22) (REP

13.9.1)10 – Gear (22T) (P/O Item 22)11 – Plate (P/O PL13.4 Item 1)12 – Spring Box (P/O PL13.4 Item 1)13 – Spring (Coil) (P/O PL13.4 Item 1)14 – Spring Housing (P/O PL13.4 Item

1)15 – Front Lock Arm (P/O PL13.4 Item

1)16 – Top Frame (P/O PL13.4 Item 1)17 – Rear Lock Arm (P/O PL13.4 Item 1)18 – Sensor Holder (P/O Item 32)19 – Document Set Sensor Actuator

(P/O Item 32)20 – Document Feeder Width Sensor

Actuator (P/O Item 32)21 – Document Feeder Width Sensor,

Document Set Sensor (P/O Item 32)

22 059K55640 Feeder Assembly23 – Sensor Holder (P/O Item 37)24 – Document Feed Sensor (P/O Item

37)25 – Document Feed Sensor Actuator

(P/O Item 37)26 – Spring (P/O Item 37)27 121K41670 Clutch (One Way)28 – Shaft (P/O PL13.4 Item 1)29 059E99690 Registration Pinch Roller30 – Plate (P/O PL13.4 Item 1)31 110E11570 DADF/ADF Top Cover Switch32 121K41650 Document Set Sensor Assembly33 121K41600 Document Feed Clutch34 – Gear (20T) (P/O PL13.4 Item 1)35 – Adjust Plate (P/O PL13.4 Item 1)36 – Spring (P/O PL13.4 Item 1)


Reissue

PL 13.10 Document Tray

June, 20085-58PL 13.10

Parts Lists


1 – Earth Plate (P/O PL13.2 Item 4)2 – Front Side Guide (P/O PL13.2 Item

4)3 – Rear Side Guide (P/O PL13.2 Item

4)4 – Width Sensor Actuator (P/O PL13.2

Item 4)5 – Eliminator (P/O PL13.2 Item 4)6 – Pinion Gear (P/O PL13.2 Item 4)7 – Pinion Spring (P/O PL13.2 Item 4)8 – Lower Document Tray (P/O PL13.2

Item 4)9 – Document Tray Width Sensor 1,

Document Tray Width Sensor 2 (P/O PL13.2 Item 4)

10 – Actuator (P/O PL13.2 Item 4)11 – Document Tray Length Sensor 1,

Document Tray Length Sensor 2 (P/O PL13.2 Item 4)

12 – Upper Document Tray (P/O PL13.2 Item 4)

13 – Wire Harness (P/O PL13.2 Item 4)

Common HardwareParts Lists

Common Hardware


Reissue


AA 102W37178 Countersunk Head Screw (M4x25)AB 102W38278 Countersunk Head Screw (M4x45)AC 112W27898 Pan Head Screw (M3x8)AD 113W20878 Screw (M3x8)AE 113W21478 Screw (M3x14)AF 113W27688 Pan Head Screw (M3x6)AG 114W27678 Bind Head Tapping Screw (M3x6)AH 114W27878 Bind Head Tapping Screw (M3x8)AJ 153W16088 Tapping Screw (M4x10)AK 153W16288 Tapping Screw (4Mx12)AL 153W17688 Tapping Screw (3Mx6)AM 153W17888 Tapping Screw (3Mx8)AN 153W18088 Tapping Screw (3Mx10)AP 153W18288 Tapping Screw (3Mx12)AQ 153W18488 Tapping Screw (3Mx14)AR 153W27678 Bind Head Tapping Screw (M3x6)AS 153W27878 Bind Head Tapping Screw (M3x8)AT 153W28078 Bind Head Tapping Screw (M3x10)AU 158W27678 Screw (M3x6)AV 158W27878 Screw (M3x8)AW 252W27450 Nylon Washer (6)AX 354W15278 E-ClipAY 354W18278 E-ClipAZ 354W19278 E-ClipBA 354W21278 E-ClipBB 354W24278 E-ClipBC 354W27254 KL-ClipBD 354W27278 E-ClipBE 158W36878 Screw (M4x8)BF 158W36078 Screw (M4x10)


Reissue

1.3

1.3

0.3

1.1

.6

3.2

.1

3.2

.2

1.5

.3

.4

3.8

.3

.3

.2

.3

.6

.1

.1

.8

.5

1.4

1.6

1.4

.9

.5

3.2

3.3

3.7

3.7

3.7

3.9

3.3

.2

.3

3.9

.1

1.6

0.4

0.4

rt Number Index

List

June, 20085-60Part Number Index

Parts Lists

Part Number Index

Table 1 Part Number Index

Part Number Part List

003K13560 PL 13.3

003K15530 PL 11.4

003K15540 PL 11.4

003K15950 PL 13.3

003K86760 PL 13.3

004E17510 PL 13.1

005E26740 PL 2.6

006K25751 PL 2.6

006K86440 PL 7.4

007K94880 PL 1.1

007K97780 PL 2.2

007K97790 PL 2.2

013E25881 PL 2.3

013E25920 PL 2.2

013E30050 PL 6.2

013E30050 PL 6.3

013E32180 PL 11.6

013E32690 PL 2.6

013E33260 PL 7.3

013E33260 PL 7.4

013E90840 PL 11.4

013E90840 PL 2.6

013E90840 PL 11.6

014K83123 PL 4.3

014K83141 PL 8.2

016E93560 PL 13.3

017E12010 PL 12.1

017K93121 PL 12.1

017K93132 PL 12.1

017E98760 PL 12.1

019K07086 PL 2.4

019K08890 PL 7.6

019K09250 PL 11.4

022E29860 PL 7.5

022E30121 PL 5.1

022K74110 PL 5.1

022K74860 PL 13.1

022K75730 PL 13.2

023E26660 PL 7.3

038K89761 PL 1

038K89821 PL 1

041K95870 PL 1

050K57701 PL 1

050K58051 PL 7

050K60800 PL 1

050K62940 PL 2

050K63270 PL 1

053E93650 PL 9

055K31090 PL 1

059E03090 PL 7

059E03650 PL 7

059E04080 PL 1

059K32773 PL 2

059K33051 PL 2

059K43000 PL 6

059K43000 PL 6

059K48200 PL 2

059K48230 PL 6

059K48240 PL 6

059K48250 PL 2

059K48260 PL 7

059K48430 PL 1

059K48440 PL 1

059K48660 PL 1

059K53230 PL 2

059K54730 PL 7

059K55590 PL 1

059K55600 PL 1

059K55610 PL 1

059K55620 PL 1

059K55630 PL 1

059K55640 PL 1

059K55860 PL 1

059E99331 PL 6

059E99331 PL 6

059E99690 PL 1

062K18161 PL 3

068K53590 PL 1

090E02380 PL 1

090E91720 PL 1

Table 1 Pa

Part Number Part

Part Number IndexParts Lists


.9

.1

.2

1.5

1.7

.3

.2

.7

.5

0.7

.6

.3

.4

.5

.6

.2

.3

.1

.2

.3

.2

.4

0.2

3.3

3.3

.6

.5

.6

.5

.5

.5

0.1

0.1

.1

0.5

.2

.2

0.5

0.4

.3

.3


List


Reissue

101R00432 PL 4.1

105E12210 PL 9.1

105E17391 PL 8.1

105E17401 PL 8.2

105E17411 PL 8.1

105E18010 PL 8.1

105E18020 PL 8.1

106R01277 PL 4.1

110E11320 PL 8.1

110E11551 PL 10.5

110E11570 PL 13.9

110E11580 PL 11.5

110E11580 PL 2.5

120E22470 PL 1.1

120E23791 PL 2.7

120E28091 PL 11.5

120E29540 PL 2.5

120E29630 PL 11.7

121E20950 PL 7.5

121K39710 PL 2.9

121K40770 PL 2.2

121K41600 PL 13.9

121K41650 PL 13.9

121K41660 PL 13.9

121K41670 PL 13.9

121K41690 PL 10.6

121E93360 PL 12.1

122E92530 PL 5.1

122E92550 PL 5.1

122E92570 PL 10.6

122K94091 PL 4.2

125K93751 PL 4.3

125K93751 PL 4.4

126K23581 PL 5.1

126K24411 PL 5.1

127K51590 PL 6.3

127K51632 PL 9.2

127K52180 PL 11.6

127K57120 PL 13.5

127K57140 PL 10.6

127K58700 PL 13.5


130K71230 PL 2

130K71361 PL 5

130K71400 PL 4

130E87090 PL 1

130E87090 PL 1

130E87090 PL 6

130E87090 PL 6

130E87090 PL 2

130E87090 PL 2

140E88751 PL 1

413W77559 PL 2

423W06555 PL 6

604K43810 PL 4

604K43820 PL 7

604K43830 PL 7

604K43840 PL 6

604K43840 PL 6

604K43851 PL 4

604K43860 PL 7

604K43860 PL 7

604K43870 PL 7

604K43870 PL 7

604K44330 PL 1

604K44340 PL 1

604K44350 PL 1

604K45740 PL 7

604K45750 PL 7

604K45760 PL 7

604K45770 PL 7

604K45780 PL 7

604K45790 PL 7

604K46500 PL 1

604K47130 PL 1

801E04660 PL 9

801E05970 PL 1

801K25570 PL 8

801K25580 PL 2

801K30780 PL 1

802K71882 PL 1

802K97500 PL 7

802K97694 PL 8

Part Number Part


Reissue

.4

.4

3.3

.1

.1

0.3

3.3

.3

rt Number Index

List

June, 20085-62Part Number Index

Parts Lists

802K99450 PL 7.1

807E17870 PL 7.5

807E18360 PL 11.6

807E18380 PL 11.6

807E18390 PL 11.6

807E18400 PL 11.6

807E18410 PL 11.6

807E19430 PL 2.2

807E19440 PL 2.2

807E19450 PL 2.6

807E19460 PL 2.6

807E21180 PL 7.4

809E54170 PL 2.4

809E54180 PL 2.6

809E56440 PL 13.8

809E73520 PL 2.2

809E74030 PL 11.5

809E76520 PL 6.2

809E76520 PL 6.3

809E76630 PL 7.4

809E79910 PL 10.3

809E79920 PL 10.3

815E08650 PL 10.4

815E42250 PL 10.4

848K01660 PL 2.2

848K02140 PL 11.6

848E04451 PL 9.2

848E04480 PL 9.1

848E04501 PL 9.2

848E04511 PL 9.1

848K04904 PL 8.3

848K07410 PL 10.2

848K17300 PL 9.1

868E12730 PL 10.6

896E41981 PL 11.1

896E42140 PL 11.1

896E58070 PL 8.3

960K28562 PL 11.5

960K28611 PL 8.1

960K32370 PL 13.3

960K32602 PL 8.4



960K32783 PL 8

960K38300 PL 8

960K42980 PL 1

960K43421 PL 8

960K44250 PL 8

962K59950 PL 1

962K60840 PL 1

962K66150 PL 8

Table 1 Pa

Part Number Part

General Procedures

General Procedures


Reissue

6 DiagnosticsDiagnostic Mode ............................................................................................................. 6-3Basic Operations of the Diagnostic Mode ....................................................................... 6-4IOT Diagnostics............................................................................................................... 6-7

General ProceduresGP1 Serial Number Locations......................................................................................... 6-43GP 2 Viewing the Six Digit Error Code............................................................................ 6-43

General InformationSpecifications .................................................................................................................. 6-45Tools ............................................................................................................................... 6-52Consumables .................................................................................................................. 6-52Glossary of Terms........................................................................................................... 6-53


Reissue
June, 20086-2
General Procedures

Diagnostic ModeGeneral Procedures

ors in the engine, IIT, and Trays. Refer to nd their Chain Function Codes.

ids and clutches in the engine, IIT, and s that can be operated and their Chain

Error Histories. Refer to Program Function

from the MCU or through the Controller.

/product number, SW version, Error

ous parameters in NVM.


Reissue

Diagnostic ModeThis mode is used by service engineers to solve problems in the field and is intended to iden-tify the fault areas in terms of replaceable components. In the Diagnostic Mode, the following diagnostic functions can be run from the Control Panel:

Function Overview

Parts Diagnostics Input Diagnostics This can be used to check the status of the various sensInput Diagnostics for the sensors that can be checked a

Output Diagnostics This can be used to operate the various motors, solenoTrays. Refer to Output Diagnostics for the componentFunction Codes.

Program Function Initialization This can be used to initialize the NVM, Counters, and for the items that can be initialized.

Test Print This can be used to generate an independent test print Refer to Program Function.

Check This can be used to check the total print counter, serialHistories, etc. Refer to Program Function.

NVM Check and Change of Settings Checking the NVM value and changing the settings

This is used to check and change the values of the vari


Reissue

Code input screen) is shown on the display.

n.

tion (WC 5016, 5020 w/Platen, ADF)n input method in the Diagnostic Mode.

digits. If the Chain/Function Code is "1," at goes beyond the 2nd digit will be ignored.

input, press the "C" button. eturned to the Code input screen.

g the [Start] button after inputting a Function Code r you to the initial screen of Function input.

he "C_ " (Chain Code input screen) is shown on the

ode. space, and the "_" will move to the right.

_

_

1 _

June, 20086-4

General Procedures

Basic Operations of the Diagnostic Mode

Display: Displays the menus and their results.

Keypad: Inputs Chain Function Codes.

[Start] button: Displays the Diagnostics Menu.

[Stop] button: Pauses/Stops the diagnostic.

How to Enter the Diagnostic ModeThere are 2 ways to enter the diagnostic mode depending on the model of the IOT.

The procedure below entitled WC 5016, 5020 (with platen or ADF) Entering the Diagnostic Mode is for IOT models with a platen, or with an ADF.

The procedure following entitled WC 5020 is for IOT models with a DADF.

WC 5016, 5020 (with Platen or ADF) Entering the Diagnostic ModePress and hold down the [0] button on the keypad for 4 seconds or longer, and then press (and quickly release) the [Start] button while still keeping the [0] button pressed.

Once in the Diagnostic Mode, "C_ " (Chain The "_" is blinking.

How to Exit the Diagnostic ModeSwitch the machine OFF and then ON agai

How to Input the Chain and FuncThe following shows the Chain and Functio

A Chain/Function Code must be input as 2 it must be input as "01." Any input value th

To clear the Chain/Function Code that was Both digits will be cleared, and you will be r

When inputting the Function Code, pressinthat is out of the specified range will transfe

Enter the Diagnostic Mode and check that tdisplay. The "_" should be blinking.

Use the keypad to enter the 2-digit Chain CThe first number will appear in the first digit

C

C

C

General Procedures

Input the next number, and it will appear in the second digit space. Once in the Diagnostic Mode, "C_ " (Chain Code input screen) is shown on the display. The "_" is blinking.

n.

(WC 5020 w/DADF)ut method in the Diagnostic Mode.

the Chain/Function Code is "1," fill. Any input value that goes beyond the 3rd digits

t, press the "AC" button. eturned to the Chain Code input screen.

[Start] button after inputting a Link Code that is out e initial screen of Link input.

he "C_ " (Chain Code input screen) is shown on the

nd digit space, and the "_" will move to the left and


Reissue

Pressing the [Start] button will show the "F_ " (Function Code input screen) on the display. An "F" and the blinking "_" are shown on the Function Code input screen.

Use the keypad to enter the 2-digit Function Code.

Pressing the [Start] button will then run the specified Diagnostic Code.

WC 5020 Entering the Diagnostic ModePress and hold down the [0] button on the keypad for 4 seconds or longer, and then press (and quickly release) the [Start] button while still keeping the [0] button pressed.

Enter 6, 7, 8, and 9 then press the Start button.

How to Exit the Diagnostic ModeSwitch the machine OFF and then ON agai

How to Input the Chain and LinkThe following shows the Chain and Link inp

A Chain/Link Code can be up to 3 digits. Ifit must be input as "1." Do necessary to “0”will be ignored.

To clear the Chain/Link Code that was inpuBoth digits will be cleared, and you will be r

When inputting the Link Code, pressing theof the specified range will transfer you to th

Enter the Diagnostic Mode and check that tdisplay. The "_" should be blinking.

Use the keypad to enter the Chain Code. The first number will appear in the right hathe “C” will disappear.

C 1 2

FF _

F 2 _

FF 2 3


Reissue

he right hand digit space.

specified Diagnostic Code.

ation will flash waiting for a new input. After inputing and the Link Code input screen will appear on the

is still running.

turn you to the Link Code input screen.

he Chain Code input screen (“C_”).

June, 20086-6

General Procedures

Input the next number, and it will appear in the right hand digit space.

Input the next number and it will appear in the right hand digit space.

Pressing the [Start] button will show the "L_ " (Link Code input screen) on the display. An "L" and the blinking "_" are shown on the Link Code input screen.

Use the keypad to enter the Link Code first digit.

Input the next number and it will appear in the right hand digit space.

Input the next number and it will appear in t

Pressing the [Start] button will then run the

NOTE: If in NVM, the value of that NVM loca new NVM code press the START buttondisplay waiting for a new Lind Code.

How to Interrupt a DiagnosticPress the [Stop] button when the diagnostic

Stopping a diagnostic that is running will re

Pressing the [AC] button will return you to t

General Procedures

IOT Diagnostics

Tray Width L: No documentH: Document present

Tray Length L: No documentH: Document present

Tray Length L: No documentH: Document present

Feed Sensor L: No documentH: Document present

aper Sensor L: Paper presentH: No paper

aper Sensor L: Paper presentH: No paper

ensor L: No paperH: Paper present

Sensor L: No paperH: Paper present


DY Level is highHot-Line Control

ridge L: No Drum CartridgeH: Cartridge present

ty Sensor L: Toner availableH: Toner depleted


Fail Monitor L: Able to monitor FUSER FAN FAIL H: Unable to monitor FUSER FAN FAIL

Input Component Control Codes

f Data Meaning


Reissue

Input DiagnosticsThe Input Diagnostics can be used to check the status of the various sensors in the engine, IIT, and Trays.

For Platen and ADF model machines; Pressing the [Stop] button will stop the operation of the component and return you to the Function Code input screen.

For DADF model machines; Pressing the [Stop] button will stop the operation of the component and return to the Link Code inpit screen.


Chain

Funcor Link Sub Contents of Data Meaning

01 01 PH L/H (Left Side) COVER

L: Cover is closedH: Cover is open

01 10 TRAY STM (Tray 2) L/H COVER

L: Cover is closedH: Cover is open

01 11 PH L/H (Tray 1) LOW COVER

L: Cover is closedH: FCover is open

01 12 PH FRONT COVER L: Cover is closedH: Cover is open

05 10 IIT Platen COVER Open L: Cover is closedH: Cover is open

05 11 IIT Carriage Home Sensor L: Sensor is exposedH: Sensor is blocked

05 29 ADF ADF Top Cover Open L: Cover is openH: Cover is closed

05 30 ADF Document Set Sensor L: No documentH: Document present

05 31 ADF Document Feeder Width Sensor

L: No documentH: Document present

05 32 ADF Document Tray Width Sensor 1

L: No documentH: Document present

05 33 ADF DocumentSensor 2



05 36 ADF Document

07 07 TRAY Tray1 No P

07 08 TRAY STM No P

08 05 PH IOT Regi S

08 06 TRAY STM Feed

08 07 TRAY Tray1 Feed

08 47 TRAY FEED REASIGNAL

09 02 XERO Drum CartDetected

09 07 XERO Toner Emp

10 23 PH Fuser Exit

10 60 FUSER Nohad Fan

Chain

Funcor Link Sub Contents o


Reissue

erate and check the status of the various motors, nd Trays. The operation can be enabled for every onent is operating properly can be determined by

played.

sing the [Stop] button will stop the operation of the ode input screen.

top] button will stop the operation of the component

mponent, press the [Start] button again.

nent Control Codes

of Data Meaning

r ON

n Motor PEED)

Fuser Fan changes from Low to High speed

u n

2 3

June, 20086-8

General Procedures

Output DiagnosticsThe Output Diagnostics can be used to opsolenoids and clutches in the engine, IIT, acomponent, and whether or not the compchecking the operation from outside.

When a component is operating, "run" is dis

For Platen and ADF model machines; Prescomponent and return you to the Function C

For DADF model machines; Pressing the [Sand return to the Link Code inpit screen.

To resume the operation of the specified co

05 217 DADF Document Width Sen-sor

L:H:

62 212 IIT Regi Sensor L:H:

62 272 IIT Scan Start L:H:

62 300 IIT Platen I/L Switch L:H:

5 212 DADF Feeder Cover Switch L:H:

5 102 DADF Document Set Sensor L:H:

5 215 DADF Doc Feeder Width Sen-sor

L:H:

5 216 DADF Doc Tray Width Sensor 1

L:H:

5 217 DADF Doc Tray Width Sensor 2

L:H:

5 218 DADF Doc Tray Length Sen-sor 1

L:H:

5 219 DADF Doc Tray Length Sen-sor 2

L:H:

5 204 ADF/DADF

Document Feed Sensor L:H:

5 206 ADF/DADF

Doc Regi Sensor L:H:

5 205 ADF/DADF

Doc Feedout Sen sor/Exit Invert Sensor

L:H:


Chain

Funcor Link Sub Contents of Data Meaning

Output Compo

Chain Func Sub Contents

04 01 PH IOT Moto

04 02 FUSER Nohad Fa(HIGH S

rr

FF

General Procedures

Output Component Control Codes

d Clutch

d Clutch

d Motor

olenoid

(LOW E)

(HIGH E)

e Erase

r Forward NOTE: Ejects paper.

r Reverse

d Clutch

ion Clutch

verting

acing Sole-

or, Scan Used with locking posi-tion

or Return Used with locking posi-tion

king Position

otor

Lamp

ea H8_PS

Output Component Control Codes

of Data Meaning


Reissue

05 20 IIT Carriage Motor High Speed scan

Move the Carriage in the scan direction at 80mm/sec. NOTE: After the scan, the Carriage stops beyond the end position. Pressing the [Start] but-ton again returns the Car-riage to the home position. After another scan, the Carriage stops beyond the end position. Turn the power off and on to return the Carriage to the home position.

05 21 IIT Carriage Motor High Speed return

Move the Carriage toward home position at 80mm/sec. NOTE: See 05-20.

05 22 IIT Carriage Motor Low Speed scan

Move the Carriage in the scan direction at 40mm/sec. NOTE: See 05-20.

05 23 IIT Carriage Motor Low Speed return

Move the Carriage toward home position at 40mm/sec. NOTE: See 05-20.

05 40 ADF Document Drive Motor High Speed

Run the Document Drive Motor at 80 mm/sec.

05 41 ADF Document Drive Motor Low Speed

Run the Document Drive Motor at 40 mm/sec.

05 42 ADF Document Feed Clutch Turn the Document Feed Clutch on.

06 15 ROS ROS Motor ON ROS Motor Start & Stop.

08 10 PH IOT Registration Clutch

Chain Func Sub Contents of Data Meaning

08 11 TRAY STM Fee

08 12 TRAY Tray1 Fee

08 13 TRAY STM Fee

08 17 PH Bypass S

09 04 XERO HVPS ONVOLTAG

09 05 XERO HVPS ONVOLTAG

09 06 XERO Pre-ChargLamp

10 08 PH Exit Moto

10 09 PH Exit Moto

05 62 DADF Paper Fee

05 63 DADF Registrat

05 64 DADF Output InClutch

05 65 DADF Output Spnoid

62 05 IIT Scan MotDirection

62 06 IIT Scan MotDirection

62 07 IIT Scan Loc

05 01 DADF DADF M

62 2 IIT Exposure

62 86 IIT Image Ar

Chain Func Sub Contents


Reissue

ction Code input screen.

tton again.

a test print will stop the feeding of additional paper, return you to the Function Code input screen.

fault values.

isplayed.

ill be returned to the Function Code input screen.

_

u n

June, 20086-10

General Procedures

Program FunctionThe Program Function can access the NVM (the EEPROM on the AIOC PWB) to perform the following functions:

• Test Print

• Initialize NVM

• Check Error History

• Check Print Count

• Display Version

• Clear Error History

• Display Serial Number, Product Number

Test Print [23-10], [23-01]

There are two test print modes: one that outputs the Controller built-in pattern, and another that outputs the MCU built-in pattern.

NOTE: Before running either of these test prints, you must check and make sure that the appli-cable NVM settings are correct. See Summary of Program Functions.

During a test print, "run" is displayed.

Once the test print starts, an error code will be displayed if an error occurs while printing.

Clearing the error will return you to the Fun

To resume the test print, press the [Start] bu

Pressing the [Stop] button in the middle of output any paper that was already fed, and

Initialize NVM [20-58]

This will return the NVM settings to their de

While the NVM is being initialized, "run" is d

When NVM initialization is complete, you wrr u n

CC 1

FF

rr

General Procedures

Display Error History [40-01] Display Firmware Version [29-49]

sions of the Controller and the MCU.

mware version, starting from the highest order (left-

ill be returned to the Function Code input screen.

n" is displayed.

, you will be returned to the Function Code input

er of the machine.

serial number, starting from the highest order (left-

splayed, you will be returned to the Function Code

1122aa1

u n

113 46 79 01


Reissue

This can be used to check for the last 20 errors.

Pressing the [Start] button will display the error codes, starting with the most recent error.

When the last error is displayed, press the [Start] key to return to the Function Code input screen.

Pressing the [Stop] key during the display will stop it and return you to the Function Code input screen.

Check Print Count [25-01]

This can be used to check the total print count. The display is in decimal numbers.

The initial display shows the first 3 digits of the print count. Pressing the [Start] button will show you the next 3 digits.

Pressing the [Start] button again will return you to the Function Code input screen.

This can be used to check the firmware ver

Pressing the [Start] button will display the firmost) digit.

Once everything has been displayed, you w

Clear Error History [20-59]

This can be used to clear the Error History.

While the Error History is being cleared, "ru

Once the Error History has been clearedscreen.

Display Serial Number [25-20]

This can be used to display the serial numb

Pressing the [Start] button will display the most) digit.

Once the whole serial number has been diinput screen.

JJ 6 1EE 1 6JJ 1 6

FF _

1177 1 6

FF 1

FF

rr

225588FF


Reissue
June, 20086-12
General Procedures

Display Product Code [25-21]

This can be used to display the product code of the machine.

Pressing the [Start] button will display the product code, starting from the highest order (left-most) digit.

Once the whole product code has been displayed, you will be returned to the Function Code input screen.

FF _

General Procedures

Summary of Program Functions

sition.

ance position.

system data.

system data between old and new MCU

d.

using the following NVM settings:

er digits) and

gits). The display is divided into 2 the low-order digits.

r (10 digits). The display is divided into 4 llowed by 3 sets of 3 digits.

e (8 digits). The display is divided into 3 , followed by 2 sets of 3 digits.

he Controller. The display is divided into st-order digit.

he MCU. The display is divided into 3 order digit.

with the most recent error code.


Reissue

Chain Function Sub Contents of Data Meaning

05 22 IIT Move Scanner Moves the Scanner to the home po

05 23 IIT Move Scanner Moves the Scanner to the mainten

20 58 Initialize MCU NVM Initialize Sets the initial value in the MCU's

20 59 Initialize Clear Error History Clears the Error History.

20 60 Initialize MCU NVM Update Sets the initial value in additional versions.Use "DIAG EXECUTE" comman

23 10 Test Print Test Print Executes test pattern printing.

23 01 Test Print Print Controller built-in pattern Prints the Controller built-in grid, 1-Sided or 2-Sided: 23-20Paper Source: 23-21Number of prints: 23-27 (high-ord23-26 (low-order digits)

25 01 Check Display total print counter Displays the total print count (6 diportions: the high-order digits and

25 20 Check Display machine serial number Displays the machine serial numbeportions: the highest-order digit, fo

25 21 Check Display machine product code Displays the machine product codportions: the 2 highest-order digits

29 50 Check Display Controller firmware version Displays the firmware version of t3 portions, starting from the highe

29 49 Check Display MCU firmware version Displays the firmware version of tportions, starting from the highest-

40 01 Check Display Error History Displays the Error History, starting


Reissue
June, 20086-14
General Procedures

NVM Settings ModeBasic Operations of the NVM Settings Mode

The NVM Settings Mode allows you to check or change the value of each NVM setting.

Initially, the current value of the specified NVM item is shown as blinking.

Using the keypad to input a value shows the value as blinking.

Pressing the [C] button clears the value that was input and leaves the current value as blinking.

Pressing the [Start] button sets the value that was input, stops the blinking, and returns you to the Function Code input screen after 2 seconds has passed.

If the [Start] button is pressed when "_" is displayed, or when the input value is outside the range of possible settings, the input value is treated as invalid while the current value is shown as blinking. You will then be returned to the Function Code input screen after 4 seconds has passed.

See List of NVM Settings (WC 5016, 5020 ADF).

33

3333 1

33

33

General Procedures

List of NVM Settings (WC 5016, 5020 ADF)

Remarks

0:Normal Image Area1:Wide Image Area

value paper type1: 11”x17” SEF2: A3 SEF3: 8K SEF*15: B4SEF6: 8.5”x14” SEF(Legal)7: 8.5”x13.4” SEF(Mexico Folio)8: 8.5”x13” (Folio)10: A4 SEF11: 8.5”x11” SEF(Letter)12: 16K SEF*115: B5 SEF17: 8.5”x11” LEF(Letter)


Reissue

NOTE: In the “CE Access” columns, “O” = yes and “X” = no.

ChainFunction Sub Contents of Data Range Unit

Initial Value

CEAccess

R W Init

06 20 ROS ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1~99 0.254mm

50 O O O

06 21 ROS TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1~99 0.254mm

50 O O O

06 22 ROS TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1~99 0.254mm

50 O O O

06 26 ROS MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1~99 0.254mm

50 O O O

06 28 ROS DUP ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1~99 0.254mm

50 O O O

06 29 ROS DUP TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1~99 0.254mm

50 O O O

06 30 ROS DUP TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1~99 0.254mm

50 O O O

06 34 ROS DUP MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT

1~99 0.254mm

50 O O O

06 52 ROS IMAGE AREA 0~1 - 0 O O O

07 46 TRAY Tray1-paper size 0~254 1mm 2 O O O


Reissue

value paper type1: 11”x17” SEF2: A3 SEF3: 8K SEF*15: B4SEF6: 8.5”x14” SEF(Legal)7: 8.5”x13.4” SEF(Mexico Folio)8: 8.5”x13” (Folio)10: A4 SEF11: 8.5”x11” SEF(Letter)12: 16K SEF*115: B5 SEF17: 8.5”x11” LEF(Letter)

value paper type1: 11”x17” SEF2: A3 SEF3: 8K SEF*15: B4SEF6: 8.5”x14” SEF(Legal)7: 8.5”x13.4” SEF(Mexico Folio)8: 8.5”x13” (Folio)10: A4 SEF11: 8.5”x11” SEF(Letter)12: 16K SEF*115: B5 SEF17: 8.5”x11” LEF(Letter)18: 5.5”x8.5” S19: A5 S

Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.Min(0)=-4.46mm, Max(66)=4.46mm, Initial(33)=0mm

Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.


Remarks

June, 20086-16

General Procedures

07 47 TRAY Tray2-paper size 0~254 1mm 2 O O O

07 48 TRAY MSI Paper size 0~254 1mm 2 O O O

20 01 PH LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT - ALL TRAY

0~60 0.146mm

30 O O O

20 41 PH TRAY1 for Normal LEAD REGI ADJ

0~60 0.146mm

30 O O O

20 42 PH TRAY2 for Normal LEAD REGI ADJ

0~60 0.146mm

30 O O O


Initial Value

CEAccess

R W Init

General Procedures



Loop increases when Set Value is increased.





Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time.)




0: Simplex1: Duplex

CE

Remarks


Reissue

20 43 PH SMH for Normal LEAD REGI ADJ

0~60 0.146mm

30 O O O

20 45 PH DUP ALL SIZE for Normal LEAD REGI ADJ

0~60 0.146mm

30 O O O

20 46 PH ALL TRAY - REGI LOOP TIMER

0~66 0.438mm

33 O O O

20 47 PH TRAY1 for Normal Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER

0~66 0.438mm

33 O O O

20 48 PH TRAY2 for Normal Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER

0~66 0.438mm

33 O O O

20 49 PH SMH for Normal Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER

0~66 0.438mm

11 O O O

20 51 PH DUP for Normal Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER

0~66 0.438mm

33 O O O

21 09 HFSI Last 2 of Fuser discharging Number

0~99 1 0 O O X

21 19 HFSI 5th & 6th Fuser discharging Number

0~99 1 0 O O X

21 29 HFSI 3rd & 4th Fuser discharging Number

0~99 1 0 O O X

21 39 HFSI 1st 2 of Fuser discharging Number

0~3 1 0 O O X

23 20 PH Simplex/Duplex 0~1 1 O O O


Initial Value

Access

R W Init


Reissue

1: Tray1. 2: Tray2. 3: Tray3. 4: Tray4. 5: HCF. 6: MSI

0: FACE DOWN TRAY#1.1: FACE DOWN TRAY#2.2: FACE UP TRAY.3: FINISHER Bin1.4: FINISHER Top Tray

Number of Test Prints

Number of Test Prints

Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.("0 clearance" means all bytes change to 0 at the same time.)




Remarks

June, 20086-18

General Procedures

23 21 PH Feed Tray 1~6 1 O O O

23 22 PH Output Tray 0~4 0 O O O

23 26 PH Test Print Run Length Low Byte

0~99 1 O O O

23 27 PH Test Print Run Length High Byte

0~99 0 O O O

29 01 Billing Last 2 Dig Total Copy Counter(8 Digits)

0~99 0 O X X

29 11 Billing 3rd & 4th Dig Total Copy Counter(8 Digits)

0~99 0 O X X

29 21 Billing 1st 2 Dig Total Copy Counter(8 Digits)

0~99 0 O X X

29 04 HFSI Tray1 Last 2 Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O O X

29 14 HFSI Tray1 5th & 6th Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O O X

29 24 HFSI Tray1 3rd & 4th Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O O X

29 34 HFSI Tray1 1st 2 Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~3 1 0 O O X


Initial Value

CEAccess

R W Init

General Procedures








CE

Remarks


Reissue

29 05 HFSI Tray2 Last 2 Digits of Feed Capacity (6 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O O X

29 15 HFSI Tray2 5th & 6th Digits of Feed Capacity (6 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O O X

29 25 HFSI Tray2 3rd & 4th Digits of Feed Capacity (6 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O O X

29 09 HFSI MSI Last 2 Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O O X

29 19 HFSI MSI 5th & 6th Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O O X

29 29 HFSI MSI 3rd & 4th Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O O X

29 39 HFSI MSI 1st 2 Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~3 1 0 O O X

30 04 Recycle Last 2 Digits of MSI Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O X X

30 14 Recycle 5th & 6th Digits of MSI Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O X X

30 24 Recycle 3rd & 4th Digits of MSI Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O X X


Initial Value

Access

R W Init


Reissue



Remarks

June, 20086-20

General Procedures

30 34 Recycle 1st 2 Digits of MSI Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~3 1 0 O X X

30 05 Recycle Last 2 of IOT Starting Number 0~99 1 0 O X X

30 15 Recycle 3rd & 4th IOT Starting Number

0~99 1 0 O X X

30 25 Recycle 1st 2 of IOT Starting Number 0~99 1 0 O X X

30 06 Recycle Tray1 Last 2 Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O X X

30 16 Recycle Tray1 5th & 6th Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O X X

30 26 Recycle Tray1 3rd & 4th Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O X X

30 36 Recycle Tray1 1st 2 Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~3 1 0 O X X

30 07 Recycle Tray2 Last 2 Digits of Feed Capacity (6 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O X X

30 17 Recycle Tray2 5th & 6th Digits of Feed Capacity (6 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O X X

30 27 Recycle Tray2 3rd & 4th Digits of Feed Capacity (6 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O X X

30 37 Recycle Tray2 1st 2 Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits)

0~3 1 0 O X X

30 41 HFSI Last 2 Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O O X

30 42 HFSI 5th & 6th Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O O X


Initial Value

CEAccess

R W Init

General Procedures



It is shown whether the Recycle Tray Feed Capacity NVM was written more than 4000000 times. 0: not exceed 1: exceeded.

It is shown whether the IOT Starting Number NVM was written more than 1000000 times. 0: not exceed 1: exceeded.

CRU Remain percentage

0=OFF(Disabled), 1=20sec2=30sec, 3=60sec, 4=90sec

1=Tray12=Tray23=MSI

1=Text2=Text & Photo3=Photo

0=Lightest1=Light2=Normal3=Dark4=Darkest

CE

Remarks


Reissue

30 43 HFSI 3rd & 4th Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits)

0~99 1 0 O O X

30 44 HFSI 1st Two Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits)

0~3 1 0 O O X

30 61 Recycle Tray Feed Capacity MAX Over

0~1 1 0 O X X

30 62 Recycle IOT Starting Number MAX Over

0~1 1 0 O X X

33 04 CRU CRU Remain 0~100 1% 100 O X X

33 05 ESS IF UI Auto Clear Time 0~4 - 3 O O O

33 06 ESS IF Priority Paper Tray 1~3 - 1 O O O

33 07 ESS IF Document Type 1~3 - 1 O O O

33 08 ESS IF Density Adjustment 0~4 - 2 O O O


Initial Value

Access

R W Init


Reissue

0=100%1=50%2=70%(Metic),78%(Inch13&14)3=129%(Metic),141%(Inch13&14)4=200%

0=Disable1=Enable

0=Disable1=Enable

China 82=82%(=82)XC 64=64%(=64)

0=Weakest1=Weaker2=Normal3=Stronger4=Strongest

0=Weakest1=Weaker2=Normal3=Stronger5=Strongest

0=0min(Shift immediately)1=5min2=20min3=60min4=120min5=240min254=OFF(Disable)


Remarks

June, 20086-22

General Procedures

33 09 ESS IF Default Reduction / Enlargement

0~4 - 0 O O O

33 11 ESS IF Auto Tray Switch 0~1 - 1 O O O

33 12 ESS IF Auto Paper Selection 0~1 - 1 O O O

33 13 ESS IF Default Customizing Reduction / Enlargement

50~200 - 82 O O O

33 14 ESS IF Sharpness Adjustment for Copy Job

0~4 - 2 O O O

33 15 ESS IF Sharpness Adjustment for Scan Job

0~4 - 2 O O O

33 16 ESS IF MCU Low Power Mode 1~254 - 2 O O O

33 17 ESS IF MCU Sleep Mode 0~254 - 2 O O O


Initial Value

CEAccess

R W Init

General Procedures


0=OFF1=Level12=Level23=Level34=Level45=Level5

0=OFF1=Level12=Level23=Level34=Level45=Level5

0=Disable1=Single User Password Mode2=Multi User Password Mode

0=Metric1=Inch132=Inch14

0=OFF(Disabled)1=20sec2=30sec3=60sec4=90sec

0- 60sec

0- 60sec

CE

Remarks


Reissue

33 18 ESS IF Device Power Off Mode 0~254 - 0 O O O

33 19 ESS IF Background removal for COPY

0~5 - 2 O O O

33 20 ESS IF Background removal for SCAN

0~5 - 2 O O O

33 21 ESS IF Account Mode 0~2 - 0 O O O

33 22 ESS IF Paper Class 0~2 - 0 O O O

33 23 ESS IF Add Original Auto Clear Time 0~4 - 3 O O O

33 24 ESS IF Wait Time After MSI Jam Clear

0~60 1sec 8 O O O

33 25 ESS IF Carriage Return Default Position

0~60 1sec 7 O O O


Initial Value

Access

R W Init


Reissue

0-71=-72 to -1dot72=0dot73-144=1 to 72dot

0-23=-24 to -1dot24=0dot25-144=1 to 151dot

0-71=-72 to -1dot72=0dot73-144=1 to 72dot

0-39=-4.0 to -0.1mm40=0mm41-80=0.1 to 4.0mm

complement100=x11-99=x0.01-x0.99 (dark)101-254=x1.01-x2.54 (light)

complement100=x11-99=x0.01-x0.99 (dark)101-254=x1.01-x2.54 (light)

0-9=-1.0% to -0.1%10=0%11-20=0.1% to 1.0%

0-9=-1.0% to -0.1%10=0%11-20=0.1% to 1.0%

0-4=-5 to -1mm5=0mm1-5=1 to 5mm

0 : DC1 : CPS

0 : not installed1 : installed

Remarks

June, 20086-24

General Procedures

33 26 ESS IF Platen Fast Scan REGI Adjustment

0~144 1dot (600dpi)

72 O O O

33 27 ESS IF Platen Slow scan REGI Adjustment

0~151 1dot (600dpi)

24 O O O

33 28 ESS IF ADF Fast Scan REGI Adjustment

0~144 1dot (600dpi)

72 O O O

33 29 ESS IF ADF Slow scan REGI Adjustment

0~79 0.1mm 40 O O O

33 30 ESS IF Shading Offset for ADF 1~254 1 100 O O O

33 31 ESS IF Shading Offset for ADF 1~254 1 100 O O O

33 33 ESS IF Platen Slow Scan scale Adjustment

0~20 0.10% 10 O O O

33 35 ESS IF ADF Slow Scan scale Adjustment

0~20 0.10% 10 O O O

33 36 ESS IF ADF Loop Adjustment 0~10 1mm 5 O O O

33 37 ESS IF M/C config 0~1 - 1 O X X

33 38 ESS IF ADF installation 0~1 - 0 O O X


Initial Value

CEAccess

R W Init

General Procedures

48-57

CE

Remarks


Reissue

34 01 ESS IF Administrator User Login Password Low byte

48~57 - 49 O O O

34 11 ESS IF Administrator User Login Password Mid byte

48~57 - 49 O O O

34 21 ESS IF Administrator User Login Password High Byte

48~57 - 49 O O O

34 02 ESS IF User1 Login Password Low Byte

48~57 - 48 O O O

34 12 ESS IF User1 Login Password Mid byte

48~57 - 48 O O O

34 22 ESS IF User1 Login Password High byte

48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


Initial Value

Access

R W Init


Reissue

Remarks

June, 20086-26

General Procedures


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


Initial Value

CEAccess

R W Init

General Procedures

CE

Remarks


Reissue


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O


48~57 - 48 O O O

35 23 ESS IF User1 Copy Credit 0~60 1000 0 O O O










36 01 ESS IF User1 Copy Count Low byte 0~99 - 0 O O O

36 11 ESS IF User1 Copy Count Mid byte 0~99 - 0 O O O

36 21 ESS IF User1 Copy Count High byte 0~99 - 0 O O O










Initial Value

Access

R W Init


Reissue

Remarks

June, 20086-28

General Procedures


















36 20 ESS IF User10 Copy Count Mid Byte 0~99 - 0 O O O

36 30 ESS IF User10 Copy Count High Byte 0~99 - 0 O O O

42 01 ESS IF Last 20 Fault History 1st Last 48~122 - 48 O O O

42 11 ESS IF Last 20 Fault History 1st 2nd 48~122 - 48 O O O

42 21 ESS IF Last 20 Fault History 1st 1st 48~122 - 48 O O O

42 02 ESS IF Last 20 Fault History 2nd Last 48~122 - 48 O O O

42 12 ESS IF Last 20 Fault History 2nd 2nd 48~122 - 48 O O O

42 22 ESS IF Last 20 Fault History 2nd 1st 48~122 - 48 O O O

42 03 ESS IF Last 20 Fault History 3rd Last 48~122 - 48 O O O


Initial Value

CEAccess

R W Init

General Procedures

CE

Remarks


Reissue

42 13 ESS IF Last 20 Fault History 3rd 2nd 48~122 - 48 O O O

42 23 ESS IF Last 20 Fault History 3rd 1st 48~122 - 48 O O O

42 04 ESS IF Last 20 Fault History 4th Last 48~122 - 48 O O O

42 14 ESS IF Last 20 Fault History 4th 2nd 48~122 - 48 O O O

42 24 ESS IF Last 20 Fault History 4th 1st 48~122 - 48 O O O























Initial Value

Access

R W Init


Reissue

Remarks

June, 20086-30

General Procedures




























Initial Value

CEAccess

R W Init

General Procedures

0:Disable1:Inverter+OCT2:Inverter Only

0:reset 1:FS1 Detected over temp2:FS2 Detected over temp3:On time Fail5:Cold Sagging Fail(Only reset is possible in the diagnostics mode.)

20:20PPMOther:PPM NG

22: DMO

CE

Remarks


Reissue


43 40 ESS IF Offset to the latest error 0~19 - 0 O O O

50 15 EXIT Enable OCT & Inverter 0~2 - 2 O O O

50 20 FUSER FSR Reset FuserOverTemp 0~3 - 0 O O O

60 01 ESS IF MCU VERSION 0~1 - - O X X

60 02 ESS IF MCU Release Number 0~99 - - O X X

60 03 ESS IF MCU Patch Level 0~99 - - O X X

60 06 ESS IF STM Version 0~99 - - O X X

60 07 ESS IF STM Release Number 0~99 - - O X X

60 18 General CPM 0~99 - - O X X

60 19 General Market Identity 0~254 - - O X X

60 26 MC Code Serial Code1 0~254 1 0 O X X










Initial Value

Access

R W Init


Reissue

Remarks

Reference

Get the information from the latest soft ware version.

6:UK This list

A, 4:AP, 5:SA This list

This list

2:XC 0x03:XE This list

This list

June, 20086-32

General Procedures

Reprograming the DADF EPROMS on the SLCC PWB when replacing them with new ones.


60 36 Product Product code 1 0~254 1 0 O X X









Initial Value

CEAccess

R W Init

Table 1 Reprogaming the EPROMS on the SLCC PWB (DADF)

Chain Link

XC(DMO-W)110 V100S12656Serial No.KMA469001-MMA484000

XC(DMO-W)220 V100S12657Serial No.KMX484001-KMX494000

XC(DMO-E)220 V100S12655Serial No.331494001x-331524000x NVM Destination Remarks

700 339

700 340

700 341

700 342

700 343

700 344

700 348

700 349

700 350

700 165 840 840 826 Country Code 840:USA 82

700 402 2 2 4 Paper Size Group 1: Japan, 2:N

700 337 15 15 15 Device Type CPFS:15

700 338 2 2 2 Territory 0x01:FX 0x00x04:AP

700 700 6 6 6 Machine serial number format 6

General Procedures

Refer to this list or the Serial Number Plate.

7 This list

This list

This list or the Serial Number Plate



1:LEF, This list

This list

This list

This list

This list

This list

Refer to the NEC Serial Number Plate which is on the back of the IIT

Refer to the NEC Serial Number Plate which is on the back of the IIT

This list

This list

Table 1 Reprogaming the EPROMS on the SLCC PWB (DADF)

Reference


Reissue

700 329 75 75 75 Product Code #1

700 330 77 77 76 Product Code #2

700 331 65 88 66 Procuct Code #3

700 332 0 0 o Product Code #4

700 333 0 0 0 Product Code #5

700 334 0 0 0 Product Code #6

700 335 0 0 0 Product Code #7

700 336 0 0 0 Product Code #8

700 701 3 3 3 DMP Indication 2:DMP5/6 3:DMP

709 11 85 85 85 XJ Code #1

709 12 67 67 67 XJ Code #2

709 13 78 80 77 XJ Code #3

709 14 0 0 0 XJ Code #4

700 297 75 75 51 Upper 3Byte Serial No. #1



780 203 1:LEF 1:LEF 1:LEF Tray 1 Standard paper size-Orienta-tion

0:none specified,2:SEF

780 204 44:8.5 x 11 (Letter) 44:8.5x11 (Letter) 5:A4 Tray 1 Standard paper size-Size

780 205 1:LEF 1:LEF 1:LEF Tray2 Standard paper size-Orienta-tion

780 206 5:A4 5:A4 5:A4 Tray2 Standard paper size-Size

780 232 2:SEF 2:SEF 2:SEF MSI Standard paper size-Orientation

780 233 39:11x17 39:11x17 4:A3 MSI Standard paper size-Size

715 21 Platen Fast Scan REGI Adjustment Initial Value: 120

715 20 Platen Slow Scan REGI Adjustment Iniatial Value: 120

650 15 2 2 2 EXIT 0: Simplex M/C1: -2: Duplex M/C

606 020 All Tray-Laser Side REGI Initial Value: 50

620 001 Lead REGI Adjustment-All Tray

606 058 14 14 14 END Video Enable Timing Adjust-ment

Initial Value: 6

Chain Link

XC(DMO-W)110 V100S12656Serial No.KMA469001-MMA484000

XC(DMO-W)220 V100S12657Serial No.KMX484001-KMX494000

XC(DMO-E)220 V100S12655Serial No.331494001x-331524000x NVM Destination Remarks


Reissue

rsion number

rsion number

Version number

model and DADF Model

ent size detection table of DADF

(EU/South America)rth America)

gistration Correction Value. NVM initial tment Value 0. Adjust by 1 dot. (Not justment value from Module Sensor ~

gistration Correction Value. NVM value ment Value 0. Adjust by 1 dot.

g Position Correction Value

ition Correction Value (Side 1) Includes nt value from Doc Regi Sensor (SNS8) eading Side 1

ition Correction Value (Side 2) Includes nt value from Doc Regi Sensor (SNS8) eading Side 2.

djustment value from Doc Regi Sensor Finish of Reading Side 1.

djustment value from Doc Regi Sensor inish of Reading Side 2.

(SNS7) ON~Feed CL (EMC1) OFF after ocument (Adjustment Value A)

(SNS7) ON~Regi Cl (ENC2) ON when ment. (Adjustment Value B)

sor OFF~Feedout Clutch OFF when out-

sor) OFF~Feedout Clutch OFF when

stration Correction Value for Side 1 (front lue 120 is Adjustment Value 0. Adjust by 1

June, 20086-34

General Procedures

List of NVM Settings (WC 5020 DADF)

NOTE: In the “CE Access” columns, “O” = yes and “X” = no.

Table 2

Chain Link Name of data Range UnitInitial Value

CE AccessR W Init Remarks

715 1 IISS Major Version 0 ~ 65535 - 65535 O O O IISS Major Ve

715 2 IISS Minor Version 0 ~ 65535 - 65535 O O O IISS Minor Ve

715 3 IISS Revision Version 0 ~ 65535 - 65535 O O O IISS Revision

715 10 Platen/DADF 0 ~ 1 - 1 O O O Switch Platen0: Platen1: DADF

715 11 Change Size Table 0 ~ 3 - 0 O O O Switch docum0: mm (AP)1: inch 13-122: inch 14 (No3: Mexico

715 20 Platen SS Registration Adjustment 80 ~ 260 1 dot 120 O O O Platen SS Revalue is Adjusinclude the adRegistration)

715 21 Platen PRadjF 0 ~ 240 1 dot 120 O O O Platen FS Re120 is Adjust

715 22 CVT Image Reading Position 0 ~ 500 0.1 mm 100 O O O DADF Readin

715 23 SS Feed Position Correction (Side 1) 400 ~ 600 0.1 mm 505 O O O SS Feed Posthe adjustmeON~Start of R

715 24 SS Feed Position Correcation (Side 2) 400 ~ 600 0.1 mm 505 O O O SS Feed Posthe adjustmeON~Start of R

715 25 SS Tail Registration Corerection (Side 1) 400~600 0.1 mm 446 O O O Includes the a(SNS8) OFF~

715 26 SS Tail Registration Correction (Side 2) 400~600 0.1 mm 446 O O O Includes the a(SNS8) Off~F

715 27 Registration Loop Degree Adjustment A 50~200 0.1 mm 89 O O O Feed Sensorfeeding the d

715 28 Registration Loop Degree Adjustment B 50~200 0.1 mm 150 O O O Feed Sensorinverting docu

715 29 Feed Clutch Timing Adjustment (output) 700~1000 0.1 mm 940 O O O Feedout Senputting

715 30 Feedout Clutch Timing Adjustment (invert) 0~500 0.1 mm 210 O O O Feedout Seninverting

715 31 CVT FS OFFset Side 1 0~240 1 dot 120 O O O CVT FS Regiside) NVM vadot.

General Procedures

stration Correction Value for Side 2 (back lue 120 is Adjustment Value 0. Adjust by 1

ent Value of FS magnification. Shows =/- fine adjustment value with 50 for 0%, ) for for 5%.

ent Value of Platen SS Magnification. (by 0.1%) fine adjustment value with 50 -1% and 60 for +1%/

ent Value of CVT SS Magnification. (by 0.1%) fine adjustment value with 50 -1% and 60 for +1%.

il Bypassypass

ation

ation in the case of the size detection Custom Size”. If the result is not “Custom M update will not be done.65432re) it = 0: Sensor OFF, 1: Sensor ON

ctor of Blue W-Fef (for Platen)

Adjustment (x 1/100, dommon to RGBK)

a of White Variation Correction.

ctor of Blue W-Fef (for CVT)

d) enabled.

m Allowable Value (*1)

Allowable Value (81)

Number of Shading RGB. (*1)

mp Check Failure (Reset by lamp

Dtaat at Lamp Check Failure (Get data read, which is compared at the check)

Target Value Correction (x1/100: 100=x1)

in Value

in Value

C Setting Value

C Setting Value

Table 2


Reissue

715 32 CVT FS OFFset Side 2 0~240 1 dot 120 O O O CVT FS Regiside) NVM vadot.

715 40 FS Magnification Adjustment 0~100 0.1% 50 O O O Fine Adjustm5% (by 0.1%)-5% and 100

715 41 Platen SS Magnification Adjustment 40~60 0.1% 50 O O O Fine AdjustmShows +/- 1%for 0%, 40 for

715 42 CVT SS Magnification Adjustment 40~60 0.1% 50 O O O Fine AdjustmShows +/- 1%for 0%, 40 for

715 90 Fail Bypass 0 ~ 1 - 0 O O O 0: With out Fa1: With Fail B

715 91 Error Information 0~65535 - 0 O O O Debug inform

715 92 Size detection: Sensor Information of Cus-tom Size

0~65535 - 0 O O O Sensor informresult being “Size”, this NVbit 0: Sensor bit 1: Sensor bit 2: Sensor bit 3: Sensor bit 4: Sensor bit 5-15: (spaMeaning of b

715 100 WREF ADJ Platen 50~255 - 111 O O O Correction Fa

715 101 Density Level ADJ RGBK 80~120 - 100 O O O Highlight Fine

715 102 102WDL STD CL 30 B 0~1023 - 0 O O O Standard Dat

715 103 WREF ADJ CVT 50~255 - 78 O O O Correction fa

715 110 AGOC SHD NVM 0~8 - 0 O O O 0: PROM use1: NVM of (*1

715 111 FBLM 0~1023 - 984 O O O AGC Maximu

715 112 FBLI 0~1023 - 64 O O O AGC Minimum

715 113 PLSnCL 0~255 - 32 O O O Reading Line

715 114 FL CHK NG Count 0~65535 Once 0 O O O Number of Lareplacement)

715 115 FL CHK NG Data 0~1023 - 0 O O O Downloaded when white is

715 120 AGC ADJ BW 1~200 - 100 O O O AGC BW for

715 121 Gap (1) 0~1023 - 128 O O O CCD Ch-1 Ga

715 122 Gap (2) 0~1023 - 128 O O O CCD Ch-2 Ga

715 123 AGCP (1) 0~511 - 128 O O O CCD Ch-1 AG

715 124 AGCP (2) 0~511 128 O O O CCD Ch-2 AG




Reissue

C Downloaded Data

C Downloaded Date

GC Loop Number

GC Loop Number

el Correction Value (Complement of 2: -

C Setting Value

C Setting Value

C Downloaded Average Data

C Downloaded Average Data

C Max Value Downloaded Average Data




C Plow Abnormal End

f Entire Solid Imagae (0: white)

F

F

F0F1

TFTFFE)E)E)itkip) Val;id. 1: Through (Skip) Invalid

June, 20086-36

General Procedures

715 125 Gsmp (1) 0~1023 0 O O O CCD Ch-1 AG

715 126 Gsmp (2) 0~1023 0 O O O CCD Ch-2 AG

715 127 Gloop (1) 0~255 0 O O O CCD CH-1 A

715 128 Gloop (2) 0~255 0 O O O CCD CH-2 A

715 130 Oadj 0~255 0 O O O AOC BW Lev128” +127”)

715 131 AOCP (1) 0~1023 128 O O O CCD Ch-1 AO

715 132 AOCP (2) 0~1023 128 O O O CCD Ch-2 AO

715 133 Osmp (1) 0~1023 0 O O O CCD Ch-1 AO

715 134 Osmp (2) 0~1023 0 O O O CCD Ch-2 AO

715 135 Osmpx (1) 0~1023 0 O O O CCD Ch-1 AO

715 136 Osmpx (2) 0~1023 0 O O O CCD Ch-2 AO

715 137 Osmpn (1) 0~1023 0 O O O CCD Ch-1 AO

715 138 Osmpn (2) 0~1023 0 O O O CCD Ch-2 AO

715 139 AOCerr 0~255 0 O O O Number of AO

715 150 BWPG Density 0~255 128 O O O PG Density o

715 161 PreIPS_Through 1 0~65535 0 O O O bit 0: ALLCBTbit 1: ALLKTFbit 2: ALLCTFbit 3: SSFCTbit 4: MRCTFbit 5: WDVCTbit 6: WDVCTbit 7: DKCTFbit 8: FSFTF0bit 9: FSFTF1bit 10: DCBCbit 11: DCACbit 12: GPCTbit 13: (SPARbit 14: (SPARbit 15: (SPARmeaning of B0: Through (S

Table 2



General Procedures

0F1

TFTFF)italid, 1: Through Invalid

))))italid, 1: Through Invalid

Table 2


Reissue

715 162 PreIPS_Through2 0~65535 0 bit 0: FMTFbit 1: IPCTFbit 2: EBTFbit 3: EATFbit 4: MKATFbit 5: GFATFbit 6: BFATFbit 7: (Spare)bit 8: (Spare)bit 9: WDVTFbit 10: WDVTbit 11: DKBTFbit 12: DCBKbit 13: DCAKbit 14: GPBTbit 15: (spareMeaning of B0: Through V

715 163 PreIPS_Through3 0~65535 0 O O O bit 0: BWTFbit 1: IPKTFbit 2: EETFbit 3: EDTFbit 4: MKKTFbit 5: GFBTFbit 6: BTBTFbit 7: MWTFbit 8: ECTFbit 9: MKBTFbit 10: FOBTFbit 11: SSRTFbit 12: (sparebit 13: (sparebit 14: (sparebit 15: (spareMeaning of B0: Through V




Reissue

nction of image process block forcibly ipped).s at S/W & H/W DEBUG. for usual use without fail. (Careful han-). “Through setting” of each function is it and multiple bit can be specified at

T *EL)

itrough Invalid, 1: Forcible Through Valid.

, release all Masks.

take of image for scanning jig.ke (Lab)*ke (Shipping Inspection)* intakeke

ntake (CMY)take

ntake (YMC) is “0” or “1”, release athe Mask for

age path of VIPOUT. If this value is 255, ld be done. (Keep current SET VIP)elease will be carried out according to thie ed register: SETVIP

ected Area INSTV For AES parameter elated Register: SMPST, SMPED

ion Fix Line-NCON AE detected amount ge Sep number of NCON regis-

June, 20086-38

General Procedures

715 200 Post IPS Bypass Setting 0~65535 0 O O O Make each fu“through” (sk;Change valueShould be “0”dling requiredallocated by bonce.D’0: AESD’1: DF39D’2: SSRD’3: FSRED’4: NSPD’5: 4DLUTD’6: 5AERD’7: 5MULD’8: 5MWAD’9: 4AERD’10: 4MILD’11: TRCD’12: EDD’13: DIRECD’14: AMAOSD’15: (SPAREMeaning of B0: Forcible Th*If D’13 is “1”

715 201 S2X_OUT CONTROL 0~7 0 O O O Specify the in0: AMAO inta1: AMAO inta2: DAIMAJIN3: PRIDE inta4: TOTODB i5: WOZDB in6: FLC intake7: TOTODB i*If NVM valueAMAO.

715 202 VIPOUT Select 0~255 255 O O O Switch the imnothing shouVDO-MASK rsetting. Relat

715 205 AE FS External Area 0~65535 1dot 255 O O O AE-FS Undetcalculation R

715 206 0~65535 0.16mm 60 O O O AE-SS Variatof SS lead edter=0.16mm

Table 2



General Procedures

odeode

e (NCON preferred mode)ter: AESMOD

nmgth of FS detection size will FS detec-

ocument size or regard the result of auto-tection as FS detected length. For AES lculation Related registaer: SMPST,

detection lengath (1 step=0.1mm)meter calculation

detection length (1 step=0.1%) For RAE.

e Setting Value at REal-Time AE for

taer: BASE

e Setting Value at REal-Time AE for

ter: BASE

evel for Copy Job

M is written by Controller, direct modifica-lue will be invalid. (Overwritten later) Refer ire of Cont. side of Removal Level change.

Level for Copy Job

M is written by Conroller, direct modifica-lue will be invalid. (Overwritten Later) rocedure of Cont. Side of Removal Level

vel of Detecxted Background Amount.opy Job)ighmpatible Mode (not fully correspond)

Table 2


Reissue

715 207 AE Detect Variation Control 0~1 1 O O O LIM Control M0: Variaable M1: Fixed ModRelated regis

715 208 AE Control of FS Length 0~1 1 O O O 0: Minimum letion length1: Input the dmatic size deparameter caSMPED

715 209 Minimum FS Length for AE 0~65535 0.1mm 500 O O O Minimum FS For AES para

715 210 AE Upper Limit of SS Magnification adjust-ing

0~4000 0.1% 4000 O O O Maximum SS

715 211 SS Not Detect Area for Platen Job 0~65535 0 O O O SS Dead ZonPlaten JobRelated regis

715 212 SS Not Detect Area for ADF Job 0~65535 0 O O O SS Dead ZonDADF JobRelated regis

715 213 Background removal for COPY 0~4 1 O O O AE Remval L0: Standare1: High +12: High +23: High +34: High +4Since this NVtion of this vato the proced

715 219 Background removal for SCAN 0~4 1 O O O AE Removal 0: Standard1: High +12: High +23: High +34: High +4Since the NVtion of this vaRefer to the pchange.

715 230 AE Detection Level (Copy Platen) 0~4 2 O O O Parameter Le(For Platen c1: Low ~4: H0: Ruby 1 Co




Reissue

vel of Detected Background Amount y job)igh

mpatible Mode (Not fully correspond)

vel of Detected Background Amountcanning job)Highmpatible Mode (Not fully correspond)

lel of Detected Background Amountnning job)Highmpatible Mode (Not fully correspond)

type applying the corrective LUT of

03)

bb

use.=enable)

cument mode applying the corrective LUT

07)

eodee.enable)

nsity level applying the corrective LUT of

x1f)

ensity

e.=enable)

A to create the corrective LUT of A*X+B.e of A is 0~3.984375.4375(0xff)

r number area.al number area.

June, 20086-40

General Procedures

715 231 AE Detection Level (Copy ADF) 0~4 2 O O O Parameter Le(For ADF cop1: Low ~4: H0: Ruby 1 Co

715 232 AE Detection Level (SCAN Platen) 0~4 2 O O O Parameter Le(For Platen s0: Low ~4: 0: Ruby 1 Co

715 233 AE Detection Level (SCAN ADF) 0~4 2 O O O Parameter Le(For ADF sca0: Low ~4: 0: Ruby 1 Co

715 240 Density Correction LUT enaabling flag for Job Type

0~3 0 O O O Select the jobA*X+B.0(0x00)~3(0xBit assign0 bit: Copy Jo1 bit: Scan Jo2 - 7 bit: Not (0=disable, 1

715 241 Density Corrective LUT enabling flag for Org Type

0~7 0 O O O Select the doof A*X+B.0(0x00)~7(0xBit assign0bit: TX Mode1bit: T/P Mod2bit: Photo M3-7bit: Not us(0=disable 1=

715 242 Density Corrective LUT enabling flag for Density

0~31 0 O O O Select the deA*X+B.0(0x00)~31(0Bit assign0bit: Lighter21bit: Lighter12bit: Nomal D3bit: Darker14bit: Darker25-7bit: Not us(0=disable, 1

715 243 Density Corrective LUT Parameter A 0~255 64 O O O ParamaeeterSettable rang0(0x00)~3.98Bit assign7-6bit: Interge5-0bit: decim

Table 2



General Procedures

to create the corrective LUT of A*X+B.e of B is -128~+127.Minus value shows number of 2.127(0x7f)

Table 2


Reissue

715 244 Density Corrective LUT Parameter B 0~255 0 O O O Parameter B Settable rangcomplement -128(0x80)~+




Reissue
June, 20086-42
General Procedures

GP1, GP 2General Procedures

GP1 Serial Number Locations GP 2 Viewing the Six Digit Error Code such as C1 and E2, appears in the display on the de in the display, use the following procedudre.

in the Display, press the Display Button.

it error code appears in the display.

ror code appears in the display.

two digit error codes.


Reissue

The Serial Number is located in three places on the machine:

NOTE: If the Rear cover has to be replaced, do not worry about saving the data plate (which has the machine serial number), since the serial number can be found in two other locations.

• On the Data Plate on the Rear Cover.

• In software on the machine. The serial number can be displayed by accessing Diagnos-tics (How to Enter the Diagnostic Mode) and entering NVM code [25-20].

• On a bar code sticker at the left rear of the machine, which can be seen by opening the Left Side Cover and looking toward the back.

If an error occurs, the two-digit error code,Control Panel. To view the six digit error co

1. When the two digit error code appears

a. The first three digits of the six dig

2. Press the Display Button.

a. The second half of the six digit er

3. Press the Display Button.

a. The display switches back to the


Reissue
June, 20086-44GP1, GP 2
General Procedures

General Procedures

Specifications Standard Specification of IIT, IOT, and Control UI

ller

canning

city)

Table 2

NW Controller Notes

MPC8311E --

--

it --

--

Table 3

GDI

Yes

Table 4

Prt/Scan Dup IIT Platen ADF FINAL ASSY


Reissue

This subsection contains the performance specifications of the WorkCentre 5020, the multi-functional machine that has copier, printer, and scanner functions.

System OverviewThe WorkCentre 5020 consists of IIT, IOT, PANEL, Controller, and Printer I/F. The summary of each system is as follows:

1. IIT (Image Input Terminal)

Scans documents for copying and scanning. The IIT resolution is 600 dpi at multi-level.

2. IOT (Image Output Terminal)

Writes video data on paper for copying and printing. A laser xerography system is applied. Images can be written at 600dpi on paper up to 11"x17"/ A3 size.

3. UI (User Interface)

Displays various settings, errors.

4. Controller

Controls the whole machine. Processes and stores input from IIT, printer I/F, and images to be output to IOT. Controls UI as well.

5. Printer I/F (GDI)

Receives data from the computer and passes it to the IOT (printer). In scan mode, outputs image data to the computer.

6. I/F (NetWork)

Network I/F receives data from the computer and passes the data to IOT (printer).

For scanning, Network I/F outputs image data to the network.

7. User Registration and Department Management

Administrators can register users who can use a machine, so that only limited users can use the machine and that each user’s operation history can be managed and recorded.

• GDI

Number of Account: 10 users

Password: 3 digits, Numerical only

• Network

Number of Account: 99

Password: 4-12 columns digits, Numerical only, ommissible

8. Duplex Copy

Duplex copies can be made using simplex documents or duplex documents. Simplex cop-ies can be made using duplex documents.

Side images (input:output): Simp:simp, *Dup:Simp, Simp:Dup, *Dup:Dup.

*Dup (DADF needed)

Standard Specification of Contro

Standard Specification of Host

Product Codes

Table 1

IIT CCD Image Sensor capable of sat multi-level 600 dpi

IOT 20 PPM600 dpi Paper Feeding:1 tray 250 sheetsMSI 50 sheetsPaper Output:Face down tray (250 sheet capa

PANEL LED

Item GDI Controller

CPU OTI4110

Standard memory SDRAM 64M

Serial EEPROM 4Mb

Extended slot Not supported

Item Description

Host I/F USB (2.0) x 1

Product Code Code

XJCODE Model

IOT speed


Reissue

m Start) is measured from the time the Start button RT command in the "STAND-BY" state) till the trail

following conditions:

tput Scanner) is ready

or 8.5x11 LEF

X 600 dpi.

are by downloading the object from the PC.

eplacing the board.

June, 20086-46

General Procedures

Options

Warm-up TimeIn an ambient environment of 22°C and 55% R.H. and in the power off or power save mode, the machine will reach a "ready to copy" condition within 45 seconds.

Low Power ModeWhen the machine is not operated for a certain period of time, the machine enters Low Power Mode automatically.

Control Panel: LED: ON

Device Control: The fuser reduces its temperature.

Printer I/F: Activated status.

After a certain amount of time in Standby Mode, the machine enters Low Power Mode. This time can be changed by a software program (setting range: 0-240 minutes). The factory default is 5 minutes.

Low Power Mode is cancelled when a button is pressed on the Control Panel or when a printer job is received.

Sleep Mode (Off Mode)The machine operates as follows to save power when the machine is in Low Power Mode for a specified time:

• Control Panel: LED: OFF, Power Save Button: ON

• Device Control: Power is turned off (except for warm-up).

After a certain amount of time in Low Power Mode, the machine enters Sleep Mode. This time can be changed by a software program (setting range: 0-240 minutes). The factory default is 5 minutes.

Sleep mode is cancelled when a button is pressed on the Control Panel or when a printer job is received. When Sleep Mode is cancelled, the machine returns to Standby Mode.

Time to transfer to Standby Mode shall be 45 seconds or less (on standard configuration).

FCOT (Warm Start)FCOT: First Copy Output Time

FCOT shall be 7.5 sec or less. FCOT (Waris pressed (when the engine receives a STAedge of the first sheet is fed out, under the

– Documents are placed on Platen

– Power is on

– Engine motor is not running

– Fuser is ready

– Laser scanner motor (ROS: Raster Ou

– Paper size and feeding orientation: A4

– Paper tray: Tray 1

FPOTFPOT: First Print Output Time

FPOT shall be 12sec or less

ResolutionCopy print: 600 X 600 dpi. Printer print: 600

Software DownloadController Part: User can upgrade the softw

IOT Engine PartMCU: Replacing the board. Optional Tray: R

Table 5

Product name InstallationCodeUser

STM (500sheets) O EL200735

Stand O EL200736

General Procedures

Count-up for Print/Copy jobs: GDI Electrical/Mechanical Characteristics

full configuration.

Table 8

Rated input cur-rent Max (A)

Power Con-sumption* Spec (VA)

Sleep Mode(Off Mode)

Reference

6A 1320VA (Max) 6 W (Max)

12A 1320VA (Max) 6 W (Max)

ble 9 GDI

umption Configuration

r less less

20cpm16cpm

ess less

A (Max)

(Max)

Full configuration

10 NetWork

umption Configuration

r less

less

A (Max)

(Max)

Full configuration


Reissue

The purpose of the Count-up Meter is to categorize the number of sheets of print output by print job, copy job, and test prints (Diagnostic Mode). The NLM Count-up Meter is not guaran-teed as a meter for billing purposes. The Count-up Meter is managed by the device unit and can be confirmed with device UI.

The Count-up Meter has only one total counter.

Report: One (Printer).

GDI: not supported.

Timing of Count-upMCU increments the billing counter when the trail edge of the paper passes the Exit Sensor.

The number of counter increments is as follows:

Electrical Characteristics

*Power consumption is specified assuming

Rated Power Consumption [GDI]

Network

Table 6

Job type Counter type Description

Copy Total Counter Counter of copy job

Print Counter of print job

Diag Test print in Diag mode(It doesn't contain the Diag test print with Type-Di.)

Table 7

Paper size Number of counter increments

Billing Life

A3, B4, 8K, 11x17, Non-fixed 1 2

A4 or less (A4, Letter, ....) 1 1

Input Voltage(VAC)

Frequency(Hz)

220 - 240V 240+10%220-10%

50/60+/-3 Hz

110 - 127V 110+10%110-10%

50/60 +/-3 Hz

Ta

Mode Power cons

In Low Power Mode CP: 107W o 91W or

In Sleep Mode (Off Mode) DC: 6W or lCP: 20W or

At operation(During printing operation)

110V12A, 1320V220/240V6A, 1320VA

Table

Mode Power cons

In Low Power Mode CP: 107W o

In Sleep Mode (Off Mode) CP: 20W or

At operation(During printing operation)

110V12A, 1320V220/240V6A, 1320VA


Reissue

de a drum and toner cartridge.

m)

able 12

(mm) Depth (mm) Height (mm)

532+/-5 505+/-5

532+/-5 528+/-5

532+/-5 605+/-5

able 13

Depth (mm) Height (mm)

522+/-5 130+/-5

506+/-5 385+/-5

able 14

Configuration

Platen/IIT/MSI/Std Tray (250sheets) including toner cartridge

Optional tray: 500sheets

ADF/IIT/MSI/Std tray/Dup including Consumables

DADF/IIT/MSI/Std tray/Dup including Consum-ables

IIT/MSI/Std Tray (250sheets) including toner car-tridge

June, 20086-48

General Procedures

TEC Method (New E-Star) Machine Size/WeightThe machine specified below does not inclu

1. Size

[Optional Devices]

Size of Package:

• DC: 710x660x716 (mm)

• IBG ADF, DADF: 710x660x840 (m

2. Weight

Table 11

Config TEC

GDI Network

DC20 3.0Kwh -

CP20 6.0Kwh -

T

Type Width

IOT 595+/-5

IOT+IIT (Platen Glass) 595+/-5

IOT+IIT+ADF/DADF/DUP 595+/-5

T

Width (mm)

STM (500 Sheets) 551+/-5

Stand 551+/-5

T

Main body

Platen model: Net weight (including toner cartridge)

33.02 Kg

STM 8.8 Kg

Toner cartridge 1.2 Kg

ADF Model 37.88 Kg

DADF Model 39 Kg

Net weight (full configura-tion)

38.0 Kg TBD

Stand 18 Kg TBD

General Procedures

Storage Environment (According to Egret) Copy Speed tion.

copies. Measure the time (T, in seconds) from the aper to the output of the trail edge of 11th sheet of ds: CPM = T/60 (normal paper mode).

18

Paper Tray

STM (Add 1 Tray) MSI Fixed ModePlain Paper

20 10

15 10

12 10

10 10

pported 10

10

Not supported


Reissue

A machine (without CRU and Toner Cartridge)which has been stored in the following environ-ment shall attain the specified performance when installed in the environment specified.

1. In operation (guaranteed copy quality environment): 10 - 32 degrees C @ 15 - 85% RH

2. Shipping and storage conditions:

Noise (Sound Power Level: LWAd)Unit: B

Impulse Sound Power (FX) Impulse Sound Power Level (LWAI)LWAI B(A)

Chemical Substances1. Levels of Ozone:

Ozone formed from this product: less than 0.02 mg/m3 (according to C11-705)

Eco-Mark Requirement: 0.02 mg/m3

2004 Version Green Target A Limit: 0.015 mg/m3

2. Airborne Dust Concentration:

Inhaled airborne dust from this product: less than 0.08 mg/m3 (according to C11-705)

Eco-Mark Requirement: 0.075 mg/m3

2004 Version Green Target A Limit: 0.04 mg/m3

Continuous copy speed at 100% magnifica

Measurement method: Make 11 continuousoutput of the trail edge of the first sheet of ppaper, and convert into copies per 60 secon

Table 15

Type Transit (48 hrs) Storage (18 mo) Comments

Temperature -29 to 66 degrees C (-20 to 150 degrees F)

-29 to 66 degrees C (-20 to 150 degrees F)

After storage or transit, the machine must normal-ize to the operating envi-ronment before power is applied (this could take up to 4 hours maximum at extreme values).

Humidity 10 - 95% RH 20 - 80% RH

Altitude Up to 12,000 m Up to 3,000 m

Table 16

Standby Mode Operation Mode

Base Machine 4.0 6.8

Full System 4.0 6.8

Table 17

Base Machine 6.6

Full system 7.1

Table

Paper Size and Paper Orientation

Tray 1

Plain Paper

A4 LEF 20

8.5" x 11" LEF

16K LEF

B5 LEF

A4 SEF 15

8.5" x 11" SEF

16K SEF

B5 SEF

8.5"x13"SEF 8.5"x14" SEF

12

Mexico Folio (8.5" x13.4")

A3 SEF 11" x 17" SEF

10

8K SEF B4 SEF

A5 SEF 5.5" ( 8.5" SEF)

Not su

A5 LEF

5.5" x 8.5" LEF


Reissue

l trays, which are front-loading trays.

heet).

27mm or less.

0gsm/sheet).

80gsm/sheet).

54mm or less.

rd Paper" on "Paper List."

/S, B4, 8K, 16KL/S, 8.5 x11L/S, 8.5 x 13, 8.5 x 13.4

June, 20086-50

General Procedures

Alignment 1. [Full System] IOT + IIT + ADF + DADF

2. [DC] IOT+IIT

Paper SupplyAll paper trays (excluding MSI) are universa

1. Capacity

Tray 1: 250 sheets (Business 80gsm/s

The height of a stack of paper shall be

STM (optional): 500 sheets (Busines 7

450 sheets (Business

The height of a stack of paper shall be

2. Standard paper

Standard paper is indicated by "Standa

3. Weight

Tray 1: 60gsm to 90gsm

STM: 60gsm to 90gsm

4. Size

Standard paper sizes: A4L/S, A3, B5L(Mexico Folio), 8.5 x 14, 11 x 17

5. Usage rate

Tray 1: 60%

STM: 30%


Item

Specification SYSTEM 1 Sided

Specification SYSTEM 2 Sided Application

Lead Edge Registra-tion (mm)

+/- 2.90 +/- 3.80

Side Edge Registra-tion (mm)

+/- 3.40 +/- 3.90

Lead Skew (mm) +/- 2.30 +/- 2.70 280 mm

Vertical Ratio (%) 100%

+/- 1.40 -1.72 400 mm

Horizontal Ratio (%) 100%

+/- 1.40 -1.72 280 mm

Perpendicularity (mm) +/- 3.40 +/- 4.00 400 mm

Linearity (Vertical) (mm)

+/- 2.00 - 400 mm

Linearity (Horizontal) (mm)

+/- 1.40 - 280 mm

Linearity (Skew) (mm) +/- 1.42 - 280 mm

Parallelism +/- 3.70 -4.00 400 mm


Item Specification Measurement Length SYSTEM

Simplex Duplex

Skew H +/-2.3 +/-2.7 200mm

Perpendicularity +/-3.7 +/-4.0 400mm

Linearity: V 2.3 -- 400mm

Linearity: H 2.3 -- 280mm

Linearity: D 2.3 -- 283mm

Registration: Lead +/-2.9 +/-3.8

Registration: Side +/-3.4 +/-3.9

Magnification: V (%) +/-1.4 (100%)+/-1.56 (50%-99%) +/-1.8 (101%-200%)

+/-1.72 (100%)+/-1.89 (50%-99%) +/-2.42 (101%-200%)

400mm

Magnification: H (%) +/-1.4 (100%) +/-1.56 (50%-99%) +/-1.8 (101%-200%)

+/-1.72 (100%)+/-1.89 (50%-99%) +/-2.42 (101%-200%)

280mm

General Procedures

Bypass Tray(MSI) Paper List

ce.

tion:

ns the required type of paper (size and orientation).

F/DADF only)

at matches the image size.

le 21

Code CIM Bypass

O O

pose 4200 O O

O O

O O

O O

) O O

O O

O O

O O

O O

PP Co] O O

O O

O

O O

3R96002 O

3R96023 0

3R12050 (TBD)

O O

O O

O O

(Hole on TE) 3R91823 O

le (Hole on 3R91723 O

3R2193 O


Reissue

1. Capacity

50 sheets of paper (70 gsm)

2. Paper size and paper orientation

Size and orientation of paper set on MSI shall be as follows: A4L/S, A3, B5L/S, B4, 8K, 16KL/S, 8.5 x11L/S, 8.5 x 13, 8.5 x 13.4 (Mexico Folio), 8.5 x 14, 11 x 17, 5.5 x 8.5"S, A5S

3. Paper weight

Weight of paper that can be supplied from MSI is 60g/m2 to 110g/m2.

4. Usage rate

10%

Paperbacked OHP is out of quality assuran

Paper SelectionThere are two methods of Paper Tray selec

1. Direct selection

User selects the paper tray that contai

2. APS (Automatic Paper Selection) (AD

MC automatically selects the paper th

Tab

Media Type Paper

Baseline Paper

Flag Ship (80 gsm)

Xerox Business Multipur20 lb

Standard Paper

Xerox Xcite (80 gsm)

Xerox Xplore (70 gsm)

Xerox Premier (80 gsm)

Xerox Business (80 gsm

Flag Ship (70/80 gsm)

Canary (70/80 gsm)

Transmate (70/80 gsm)

Jetset (70/80 gsm)

HOOPOE(70/80 gsm) [A

Colotec+ 90 gsm

Colotec+ 100 gsm

Topgun (70/80 gsm)

Transparency

Plain

Removable Bar Stripe

Xerox

Label

Recycle Paper

OtherBusiness 80 gsm-4 Hole

Primier A4 80 gsm-4 HoTE)

3- Hole (hole on TE)


Reissue

a CRUM and Billing Counter on all configurations. stop" capability for markets requiring this feature.

re that the CRU being used is correct for the market umber of copies made on the CRU, and enforce the

ounter are to indentify the machine's market loca-l number, and store the number of copies made on

als (TBD)

ine is operated under the following conditions:

Table 1

STRATEGY/REPLACEMENT

A4 size Warning/Hard Stop- Warning with approximately 100 copies of toner remaining.

ea cover- End of life Warning/Hard Stop- Warning at 16KHard Stop at 22K (XC)

June, 20086-52

General Procedures

ToolsMost maintenance procedures can be done with the following standard tools:

* 499T 353 STUBBY DRIVER should be used when replacing the ROS ASSEMBLY.

ConsumablesMachine CRU StrategyMachine LCB is designed to interface withThe CRUM can be used to provide a "hardThe primary uses of the CRUM are to ensu& service/warranty agreements, store the nend-of-life point. The primary uses of the Ction, electronically store the machine's seriathe machine.

Consumable Replacement Interv

This specification is applied when the mach

– Paper: A4 LEF

– Paper Tray: Tray 1

– Copy Mode (not Print Mode)

Table 1

No. TOOL NO. /TOOL NAME No. TOOL NO. /TOOL NAME

1 499T 1423 BOX DRIVER 5.5 8 499T 247 TEST PATTERN (A3)

2 499T 355 SCREWDRIVER (+) 9 499T 301 MINI DRIVER

3 499T 2004 ROUND NOSE PLIERS 10 499T 1901 SIDE CUTTING NIPPER

4 499T 2320 S/E TESTER SET

5 499T 2601 SILVER SCALE (ISO M/N) 12 499T 9507 TESTER LEAD WIRE (Red)

6 499T 8104 FLASHLIGHT (UM-2) 13 499T 9508 TESTER LEAD WIRE (Black)

7 499T 8902 BRUSH 14 499T 353 * STUBBY DRIVERITEM YIELD/LIFE

Toner 6K @ 5% area coverage of Test pattern

Drum Car-tridge

Hard Stop: 22K @ 5% A4 arage for XCJob Size = 4 pages

Glossary of TermsGeneral Procedures

Glossary of Terms

er/CCD portion of the machine

/Xero/paper handling/ fusing portion of the

with reference to definition of term TE

)

ations that store process control data

gnosis of machine status codes and abnormal con-

features selection or components that enable

and reassembly of component on machine

hat transfers digitally processed image, using laser

Table 1


Reissue

Table 1

Term Description

A3 Paper size 297 millimeters (11.69 inches) x 420 millimeters (16.54 inches).

A4 Paper size 210 millimeters (8.27 inches) x 297 millimeters (11.69 inches).

AC Alternating Current is type of current available at power source for machine.

ACT Advanced Customer Training: teaches customers to perform some of service that is normally performed by Xerox Service Representative.

A/D Analog to Digital refers to conversion of signal

ADF Automatic Document Feeder

ADJ Adjustment Procedure

Bit Binary digit, either 1 or 0, representing an electrical state.

CCD Charge Coupled Device (Photoelectric Converter)

CD 1: Circuit Diagram; 2: Compact Disc

CF Copier Fax

CP Copier Printer

CPF Copier Printer Fax

Chip Integrated Circuit (IC)

CRU Customer Replaceable Unit

CVT Constant Velocity Transport

DADF Duplexing Automatic Document Feeder

DC Direct Current is type of power for machine components. Machine converts AC power from power source to DC power.

DC Digital Copier

DMM Digital Multimeter is generic name for meter that measures voltage, current, or elec-trical resistance.

Duplex 2-sided printing or copying

EME Electromagnetic Emissions are emitted from machine during normal operation and power of these emissions are reduced by machine design features.

ERU Engineer Replaceable Unit

ESD Electrostatic Discharge. A transfer of charge between bodies at different electrostatic potential.

FS Fax Scanner

FS Fast Scan (direction) - Inboard - to - Outboard

ESS Electronic Sub-System

ENG English

2TM Two Tray Module

FAX Facsimile

FIC Final Integration Center

GND Ground

HFSI High Frequency Service Item

HVPS High Voltage Power Supply

Hz Hertz (Cycles per second)

IIT Image Input Terminal - the Scann

IOT Image Output Terminal - the ROSmachine

IQ Image Quality

KC 1000 copies

LCD Liquid Crystal Display

LE Lead Edge of copy or print paper,

LED Light Emitting Diode

LEF Long Edge Feed

LTR Letter size paper (8.5 x 11 inches

LUT Look Up Table - array of NVM loc

LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply

MF Multi-Function

MN Multinational

MPT Multi Purpose Tray

NBCR New Book Scanner Control Relay

NIC Network Interface Card

NSC New Scanner Controller

NVM Non Volatile Memory

OEM Original equipment manufacturer

OGM On-going Maintenance

PC Personal Computer

PL Parts List

PO Part of (Assembly Name)

PS Post Script

PSW Portable Standard Workstation

PWB Printed Wiring Board

PWS Portable Workstation for Service

PJ Plug Jack (electrical connections)

RAM Random Access Memory

RAP Repair Analysis Procedure for diaditions

R/E Reduction/Enlargement refers to reduction or enlargement

REP Repair Procedure for disassembly

RIS Raster Input Scanner

ROM Read Only Memory

ROS Raster Output Scanner - Device tlight, to photoreceptor.

SAD Solid Area Density

Term Description


Reissue
June, 20086-54Glossary of Terms
General Procedures

SCP Service Call Procedure

SEF Short Edge Feed

Self-test

An automatic process that is used to check Control Logic circuitry. Any fault that is detected during self-test is displayed by fault code or by LEDs on PWB.

SIMM Single Inline Memory Module used to increase printing capacity

Simplex Single sided copies

FS Fast Scan (direction) - LE - to - TE

TE Trail Edge of copy or print paper, with reference to definition of term LE

UM Unscheduled Maintenance

UI User Interface

USB Universal Serial Bus

W/ With - indicates machine condition where specified condition is present

W/O Without - indicates machine condition where specified condition is not present

XBRA Xerox Brazil

XC Xerox Corporation

XE Xerox Europe - also referred to as ESG (European Solutions Group)

XLA Xerox Latin America

XMEX Xerox Mexico

Table 1

Term Description

Wiring Data

7 Wiring Data


Reissue

BSDsChain 1 Standby Power ................................................................................................. 7-3Chain 2 Mode Selection ................................................................................................. 7-5Chain 3 Machine Run Control ........................................................................................ 7-6Chain 4 Start Power ....................................................................................................... 7-8Chain 5 ADF/DADF........................................................................................................ 7-9Chain 6 Imaging ............................................................................................................. 7-18Chain 7 Paper Supplying ............................................................................................... 7-21Chain 8 Paper Transportation ........................................................................................ 7-23Chain 9 Marking ............................................................................................................. 7-28Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation .................................................................... 7-31

WirenetsWirenets .......................................................................................................................... 7-35

P/J Locations7.1 P/J Locations............................................................................................................ 7-45


Reissue
June, 20087-2
Wiring Data

Wiring Data

H J

LENS ASSEMBLYPL10.7

STM PWBPL11.5

J5401

2

5

7

410

IIT PWB

J721 18,17

16,15

J721 21,20

13,12,11

2,1

J720 34,29,24,20,18,16,14,12,10,8,6,

4,1

ADF PWBPL13.3

J731B7

B8

B10,B9

B12,B11

A2,A1

ALL

+3.3VDC

DC COM

DC COM

+5VDC

+24VDC

DC COM

+3.3VDC

+5VDC

DC COM

+24VDC

DC COM

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

ALL

GRY

VIO

VIO

ORN

DUPLEX PWBPL8.2

J5507

6

8

ALL

ALLDC COM

DC COM

+5VDCBLU

BLU

BLU

2

2

2

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL


Reissue

Chain 1 Standby Power

Figure 1 1.1 Main Power Generation

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

1.2

T21

FS60

FS12

FS11

FS34FS33

FS31 FS32

POWER CORDPL8.1

1.1 MAIN POWER GENERATION

POWER SWITCHPL8.1

CHOKE COILPL8.1

AIOC PWBPL8.1

LVPSPL8.1

DC POWER GENERATION

+3.3VDC

DC COM

AIOC PWBPL8.1

P/J407A16,A17,B16,B1

7

+5VDC

DC COM

A14,A15,B14,B1

5

A11,B11

A12,A13,B12,B1

3

+24VDC

DC COM

A7,A8,B7,B8

A9,A10,B9,B10

ALL

ALL

ALL

P/J407B18

ON/OFF

10.1

10.1

J52

1

ACH

ACN

ACH

ACN

J5081

3

8

10

+5VDC

DC COM

24VRTN

+24V

J4094,5

6,7

J4091,2

9,10,11

20,21

J1,6,11,15,17,

19,21,23,25,27,29,31,

34

J414B6

B5

B3,B4

B1,B2

A11,A12

ALL

GN/YL

BLK

WHT

BLKBRN

WHTBLU

ACH1

2

GRY

VIO

VIO

ORN

J4163

4

2

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLK

BLK

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

1

2

Wire ColorBLK:100V M/C, BRN:200V M/C

Wire ColorWHT:100V M/C, BLU:200V M/C

ALL

F1


Reissue

H J

LVPSPL8.1

1

10.1

AIOC PWBPL8.1

P/J407A1 E5-2

B1

INTLK+24VDC

INTLK+24VDC

ITCH

J4161

DUPLEX PWBPL8.2

J5509INTLK +24VDC

10.2

BLU

BLU

actual H/L level is displayed inversely on the UI display.

4.1

F2

June, 20087-4

Wiring Data

Figure 2 1.2 Interlock Switching

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

FS153FS152

LVPSPL8.1

FS151

LVPSPL8.1

J5064

LH COVER INTERLOCK SWITCHPL8.2

J5063

J5062

FS154

FRONT COVER INTERLOCK SWITCHPL8.2

J506

+24VDC(1.1)

AIOC PWBPL8.1

P/J407A2 E5-1

1.2 INTERLOCK SWITCHING

LH COVER INTERLOCK SWITCHCOVER OPEN(L) +24VDC

1-1

FRONT COVER INTERLOCK SWITCHCOVER OPEN(L) +24VDC

1-12

ORN ORN ORN ORN

LH COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH

FRONT COVER INTERLOCK SW

Fail Code

E5-1

E5-2

LH Cover Open

Front Cover Open

1 1

1 The

Wiring Data

Chain 2 Mode Selection

H J

2 3

5 6

8 9

0

0

1

UI CommunicationTimeout

UI CommunicationError


Reissue

Figure 1 2.1 Control Panel

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

4

7

C12

AIOC PWBPL8.1

2.1 CONTROL PANEL

J4018

7

5

4

3

2

1

USER INTERFACE PWBPL8.4

J7101

2

4

5

6

7

8

J7103

AIOC PWBPL8.1

U7-0J4016

U7-1

+5VDC(1.1)

DC COM(1.1)

WAKEUP

UIRESET

UITXD UI RXD

FailCode

U7-

U7-

6.1

DC COM

+5VDC

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU BLU


Reissue

H J

LVPSPL8.1

AIOC PWBPL8.1

H9-7J508

6P/ J407

B21YEL

June, 20087-6

Wiring Data

Chain 3 Machine Run Control

Figure 1 3.1 PWB Communication (STM PWB)

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

LVPSPL8.1

AIOC PWBPL8.1

3.1 PWB COMMUNICATION (STM PWB)

J5089

7

STM PWBPL11.5

J5406

4J540

3

STM IIC SCL

STM IIC SDA STM REQ

Fail Code

H9-7 MCU (AIOC PWB) - STM PWB Communication Error

P/ J407B19

B20

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL YEL

Wiring Data

H J

U8-1

U6-2

U6-3

U6-4

U6-5

N9-0

N9-1

E9-1

E9-2

E8-1

E8-2

L9-0

N4-0

N4-1

N4-2

C0-1

C0-2

Billing Counter Defect

RAM Read/Write Check Error

NVM Data Defect

NVM Read/Write Cannot be Excuted

CPU Power to access NVM is not enough

Controller Logic Fail

IOT Communication Error

AMS NG Out Of Range

Paper Direction Mismatch

Nup NG Out Of Range

Paper Direction Mismatch

Copy Counter Full

No Response from USB-Host

HBPL or XPJL Syntax Error

CPM Image Lost

APS NG Unselected

ADF NG out of range

ail Code


Reissue

Figure 2 3.2 Billing and Machine Control

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

3.2 BILLING AND MACHINE CONTROL

AIOC PWBPL8.1

J4019

10

P6301

2

J6302

1

BILLING COUNTERPL8.1

DC COM(1.1)

U8-1

U6-2

U6-3

U6-4

U6-5

RAM

NVM

P/J4111,2,3,4,5

USB 2.0

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

N9-0

N9-1

E9-1

E9-2

E8-1

E8-2

L9-0

N4-0

N4-1

N4-2

C0-1

C0-2

BILL ID

F

9.2


Reissue

H J

CRU

Regi

Tray

June, 20087-8

Wiring Data

Chain 4 Start Power

Figure 1 4.1 Main Drive

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

T81T82

AIOC PWBPL8.1

LVPSPL8.1

J5044

1

2

P/J407B2

INTLK+24VDC

(1.2)

DC COM(1.1)

IOT MOTORPL1.1

J2014

1

2

J2013MOT

AIOC PWBPL8.1

LVPSPL8.1

J5043

P/J407B3

+5VDC

4.1 MAIN DRIVE

U0-1

U1-1

IOT MOTORON(H) +5VDC

4-1

IOT MOTOR LOCK(H) +5VDC

Fuser

DupulexFail Code

U0-1

U1-1

IOT Motor Stop Error

IOT Motor Rotation Error

BLU BLU

RED RED

BLK BLK

YEL

YEL

INLET FRAME DRV ESD GND

F155T30

IOT ESD GNDDRV ESD GND

GN/YL

GRN

F3

Duplex

Wiring Data

Chain 5 ADF/DADF

H J

DOCUMENT TRAY LENGTH SENSOR 2

TH SENSOR 1

DOCUMENT TRAY WIDTH SENSOR 2

AIOC PWBPL8.1

A2-2B8

J414A10

B7

J731A3

B5

B6

Fail Code

A2-2 Not Supported Doc Size

ADF SEL0

ADF SEL1

ADF SEL2

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL


Reissue

Figure 1 Document Size Sensing

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

DOCUMENT TRAY LENGTH SENSOR 1PL13.10

5.1 DOCUMENT SIZE SENSING

ADF PWBPL13.3

DF41

3

DF42

DOCUMENT TRAY LENGTH SENSOR 2PL13.10

DF51

3

DF52

DOCUMENT TRAY WIDTH SENSOR 1PL13.10

DF31

3

DF32

DOCUMENT TRAY WIDTH SENSOR 2PL13.10

DF21

3

DF22

DOCUMENT FEEDER WIDTH SENSORPL13.9

DF81

3

DF82

ADF PWBPL13.3

CN53

4

DC COM(1.1)

+5VDC(1.1)

CN55

8

+3.3VDC

CN47

+3.3VDC

CN45

6

DC COM(1.1)

+5VDC(1.1)

WHT

WHT

1

2

DC COM(1.1)

+5VDC(1.1)

WHT

WHT

WHT

WHT

WHT

WHT

3

4

BLU

BLK

RED

YEL

+3.3VDC

+3.3VDC

+3.3VDC

YEL

WHT

WHT

DOCUMENT TRAY LENGTH SENSOR 1DOCUMENT SENSED(H) +3.3VDC

DOCUMENT FEEDER WIDTH SENSORDOCUMENT SENSED(H) +3.3VDC

5-34

DOCUMENT TRAY LENGTH SENSOR 2DOCUMENT SENSED(H) +3.3VDC

5-35

DOCUMENT TRAY WIDTH SENSOR 1DOCUMENT SENSED(H) +3.3VDC

5-32

DOCUMENT TRAY WIDTH SENSOR 2DOCUMENT SENSED(H) +3.3VDC

5-33

5-31

DOCUMENT TRAY LENG

DOCUMENT FEEDER WIDTH SENSOR


1

1

1

1

1

1 A combination of H and L levels of these five sensors determines a document size.For the relation between H/L of each sensor and document size, see the marginal table under 5.4 DOCUMENT PATH.


Reissue

H J

AIOC PWBPL8.1

A9

J414A8

A7

A1-1

A5-2

A4-1

A4-2

+3.3VDC

+3.3VDC

+3.3VDC

YEL

YEL

YEL

June, 20087-10

Wiring Data

Figure 2 Document Setting and Transport

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

DOCUMENT SET SENSORPL13.9

5.2 DOCUMENT SETTING AND TRANSPORT

ADF PWBPL13.3

DF91

3

DF92

DOCUMENT FEED SENSORPL13.9

DF101

3

DF102

ADF PWBPL13.3

10

8

+3.3VDC

6

7

DC COM(1.1)

+5VDC(1.1)

WHT

WHT

WHT

WHT

BLU

+3.3VDC

Fail Code

A5-2

DOCUMENT SET SENSORDOCUMENT SENSED(H) +3.3VDC

5-30

DOCUMENT FEED SENSORDOCUMENT SENSED(L) +3.3VDC

5-36

ADF Cover Open

9

DC COM(1.1)

WHT

WHT

ADF TOP COVER SWITCHPL13.9CN5

2

DC COM(1.1)

DF142

DF141

CN51

+3.3VDC

ADF TOP COVER SWITCHCOVER OPEN(L) +3.3VDC

5-29

WHTWHT WHT WHT

BLU

WHT

A1-1

A4-1

A4-2

Doc Misfeed Jam

Short Length Detect

Long Length Detect

J731A5

A6

A4

YEL

YEL

YEL

ADF TOP COVER SWITCH

DOCUMENT FEED SENSOR

DOCUMENT SET SENSOR

Wiring Data

H J


DOCUMENT SET SENSOR

Reed Out Roll

Regi Roll

Exit Roller

Feed Roller

Feed Out Roll


Reissue

Figure 3 Document Feed and Transport Mechanism

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

5.3 DOCUMENT FEED AND TRANSPORT MECHANISM

ADF PWBPL13.3

CN32

1

DOCUMENT FEED CLUTCHPL13.9

DC COM

DF132

DF131

12

DOCUMENT DRIVE MOTORPL13.5

+24VDC

MOT

CN22

3

5

6

1

4

DC COM

DC COM

DC COM

DC COM

+24VDC(1.1)

ORN

YEL

BRN

BLK

WHT

BLK

DOCUMENT FEED CLUTCHON(L) +24VDC

DOCUMENT DRIVE MOTORON +24V CLOCK




5-42

5-405-41

High Speed

Low Speed

DOCUMENT DRIVE MOTOR

DOCUMENT LEAD EDGE SENSOR

DOCUMENT FEED CLUTCH

Reed In Roll

WHT

WHT

AIOC PWBPL8.1

J731A7

J414A6

A1

B12

A2

A12MOT M1

B1MOT M2

A11MOT M3

A3

B11

B10

A4

B9

A5

B2

A10

B3

A9

B4

A8

MOT CLOCK

MOT ON

MOT CURR1

MOT CURR2

MOT RST

MOT CW/CCW

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

Feed In Roll


Reissue

H J

T TH




L

L

L

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

L

L

H

H

L

L

H

H

H

L

H

L

L

H

L

H

L

H

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

H

H

L

H

L

L

H

L

H

L

H

TH SENSOR 2

OR 1

June, 20087-12

Wiring Data

Figure 4 Document Path

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

Document SizeDOCUMENT FEEDER WIDTH SENSOR

DOCUMENTRAY WIDSENSOR 1

5.5"x8.5"SEF

A5 SEF

B5 SEF

A4 SEF

A5 LEF

5.5"x8.5"LEF

8.5"x11"SEF (Letter)

8.5"x13"SEF (Legal)

8.5"x14"SEF (Legal)

B5 LEF

B4 SEF

Executive LEF

16K LEF

8K SEF

8.5"x11"LEF (Letter)

11"x17"SEF(Ledger)

A4 LEF

A3 SEF

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

L

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

H

H

L

L

L

H

H

L

L

5.4 DOCUMENT PATH

DOCUMENT FEED SENSOR


DOCUMENT SET SENSOR

DOCUMENT TRAY LENG

DOCUMENT TRAY LENGTH SENSDOCUMENT TRAY WIDTH SENSOR 2


Read In Roll

Read Out Roll

Regi Roll

Feed Roll

Exit Roller

The table at the right shows the relationship between High/Low of each document size sensor and document size .The standard size of a document is sensed at the tim e theDOCUMENT FEEDER WIDTH SENSOR detects it after it is fed.

Wiring Data
Reissue

Figure 5 BSD 5.5 Document Size Sensing - DADF/Network Configuration


Reissue
June, 20087-14
Wiring Data

Figure 6 BSD 5.6 Document Setting & Transport - DADF/Network Configuration

Wiring Data

n


Reissue

Figure 7 BSD 5.7 Document Feed & Transport Mechanism- DADF/Network Configuratio


Reissue
June, 20087-16
Wiring Data

Figure 8 BSD 5.8 Document Inversion - DADF/Network Configuration

Wiring Data
Reissue

Figure 9 BSD 5.9 Document Path - DADF/Network Configuration


Reissue

H J

LENS ASSEMBLY

June, 20087-18

Wiring Data

Chain 6 Imaging

Figure 1 6.1 Image Input

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

IIT PWB

AIOC PWBPL8.1

6.1 IMAGE INPUT

J41022

24

LENS ASSEMBLYPL10.7

J72013

11

J720

2,3,4,5,7,8,9,

10,12,13,14,16,18,20

AIOC PWBPL8.1

CCD SHFT CLK0

CCD SHFT CLK1 VIDEO DATA

26

28

30

CCD

9

7

5

CCD RST CLK

CCD CLMP CLK

CCD TRNSF CLK

J410

33,32,31,30,28,27,26,25,23,22,21,19,17,15

USER INTERFACEPWBPL8.4

J7111

PLATEN OPENSWITCHPL10.5

MAGNET

DC COM(2.1)

USER INTERFACE PWBPL8.4

J7112

+5VDC

PLATEN OPEN SWITCHCOVER CLOSED(L) +5VDC

5-10

PLATEN OPEN SWITCH

A5-1

A5-1

Fail Code

Platen Cover Open

BLK BLK

Wiring Data

H J

AIOC PWBPL8.1

J41033

+3.3VDC

U2-1

CARRIAGE SENSORBLOCKED(H) +5VDC

CARRIAGE MOTOR

EXPOSURE LAMP

5-11 1

the carriage to the left side. than the location, sensor level is Low. CARRIAGE MOTOR in diag.

ntil it reaches the left side,d that CARRIAGE SENSOR turns High.


Reissue

Figure 2 6.2 Carriage Scan

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

CARRIAGESENSORPL10.6

INV CN2

6.2 CARRIAGE SCAN

AIOC PWBPL8.1

U2-1 Carriage Module Fail

Fail Code

J40912

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

IIT PWB

LENSASSEMBLYPL10.7

J72110

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

CLOCK A

CLOCK A

CLOCK /A

CLOCK /A

CLOCK /B

CLOCK /B

CLOCK B

CLOCK B

CN41

2

3

4

5

+24VDC(1.1)

CARRIAGEMOTORPL10.6

IIT51

2

3

4

5

MOT

CARRIAGE MOTORON +24V CLOCK




5-20 High speed scan

5-21 High speed return

5-22 Low speed scan

5-23 Low speed return

J41032

J7203

DC COM

CN32

1

3

INVERTER PWBPL10.7

INV CN12

1

3

+24VDC(1.1)

DC COM(1.1)

EXPOSURELAMPPL10.6

�‚压Œx��

6

5

IIT41

3

IIT42

DC COM(1.1)

+5VDC(1.1)

EXPOSURELAMP ON

IIT PWB

LENSASSEMBLYPL10.7

CN34

J7202

CARRIAGE SENSOR

YEL

ORN

BRN

BLK

RED

GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

1CARRIAGE SENSOR turns High withWith the carriage at any location otherWhen trying to move the carriage, runRun DC [5-23] to move the carriage uand then stop it. It can then be detecte

CAUTIONHigh Voltage


Reissue

H J

F17124

B

J1406

TLKDC

AIOC PWBPL8.1

J4033

+5VDC

U3-5

SOS SENSEDSIGNAL

SOS PWB

Fail Code U3-5 Laser Power or ROS MotorFail

GRN

AME ROS GND

F170F156GRN

IIT GND ROS GND

June, 20087-20

Wiring Data

Figure 3 6.3 Laser Control and Scanning

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

T

ROSPL3.1

6.3 LASER CONTROL AND SCANNING

AIOC PWBPL8.1

J4042

1

LD PWB SOS PWB LD PW

J1602

1

RED

BLU

J4036

4

5

1

2

J1401

5

4

8

7

DC COM(1.1)

9.2

LASER DIODEENABLE ON(L) +5VDC

LD INTLK+5VDC

LD INTLK+5VDC

POWER CONTROLON(L) +5VDC

ROS VREFOUT SIGNAL

LASER DIODE

PD

LD

COM

J2013

1

LD INTLK+5VDC

LD INTLK+5VDC

DC COM

J20111

3

SOSSENSOR

J20112

J2012

LD IN+5V

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

RED

BLU

9

10

7

8

J6203

4

1

2

P6202

1

4

3

ROS MOTOR

J1303

1

5

4

+24VDC(1.1)

DC COM(1.1)

MOT

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

ROS MOTOR

LD PWB

ROS MOTORON(L) +5VDC

ROS MOTORCLOCK

6-15

6-16

6-17

INLET FR

Wiring Data

Chain 7 Paper Supplying

H J

C5-0

E6-1

aper in the selected paper tray (Tray1)

ower Cover open


Reissue

Figure 1 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Stacking

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

AIOC PWBPL8.1

7.1 TRAY1 PAPER STACKING

LVPSPL8.1

J5013

4

TRAY1 NO PAPERSENSORPL2.7

J1573

P2033

J2031

2 2 2

J1571

J2033

P2031

+5VDC(1.1)

DC COM(1.1)

LVPSPL8.1

J5015

+5VDC

P/ J407A19

TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSORPAPER SENSED(L) +5VDC

TRAY1INTERLOCKSWITCHPL2.5

9

DC COM(1.1)

J1612

J1611 10 B22

+5VDC

TRAY1 INTERLOCK SWITCHCOVER OPEN(H) +5VDC

7-7

1-11

Fail Code

C5-0

E6-1

No pTRAY1 INTERLOCK SWITCH

TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR

L/H L

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU BLU

BLU BLUBLU BLU


Reissue

H J

0

2

aper in the selected paper tray (Tray2)

L/H Cover open

June, 20087-22

Wiring Data

Figure 2 7.2 STM Paper Stacking

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

STM PWBPL11.5

7.2 STM PAPER STACKING

STM PWBPL11.5

J5423

4

STM NO PAPERSENSORPL11.7

J1713

2

J1711

+5VDC(1.1)

DC COM(1.1)

J5425 C6-

+5VDC

STM NO PAPER SENSORPAPER SENSED(L) +5VDC

STM INTERLOCKSWITCHPL11.5

9

DC COM(1.1)

J1732

J1731 10

+5VDC

E6-

STM INTERLOCK SWITCHCOVER OPEN(H) +5VDC

7-8

1-10

Fail Code

C6-0

E6-2

No p

STM INTERLOCK SWITCH

STM NO PAPER SENSOR

STM

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU BLU

BLU BLUBLU BLU

Wiring Data

Chain 8 Paper Transportation

H J

B

C1-1

SENSOR

TRAY1 FEED CLUTCH

IOT Motor

C2-2

C8-1


Reissue

Figure 1 8.1 Tray 1 Paper Feeding

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

AIOC PWPL8.1

8.1 TRAY1 PAPER FEEDING

LVPSPL8.1

J5016

7

TRAY1 FEED SENSORPL2.5

J1583

2

J1581

+5VDC(1.1)

DC COM(1.1)

LVPSPL8.1

J5018

+5VDC

P/J407A20

TRAY1 FEED SENSORPAPER SENSED(L) +5VDC

TRAY1 FEED CLUTCHPL2.2

1

+24VDC(1.1)

P2022

TRAY1 FEED CLUTCHON(L) +24VDC

8-7

8-12

Fail Code

C1-1 Tray1 Feed Sensor on JAM

TRAY1 FEED

BLU BLU

BLU BLU

AIOC PWBPL8.1

2J202

1

1 2DC COM

P/J407A18

BLU BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

C2-2 Tray1 Feed Sensor on JAM from STM Feed

Take Away Roll 1

Tray 1 Feed Roll

C8-1 Tray1 Feed Sensor Static JAM

The actual H/L level is displayed inversely on the UI display.

1

1


Reissue

H J

STM FEED CLUTCH

STM FEED MOTOR

Tray 2 Feed Roll

June, 20087-24

Wiring Data

Figure 2 8.2 STM Paper Feeding

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

STM PWBPL11.5

8.2 STM PAPER FEEDING

STM PWBPL11.5

J5426

7

STM FEED SENSORPL11.5

J1723

2

J1721

+5VDC(1.1)

DC COM(1.1)

J5428 C2-1

+5VDC

STM FEED SENSORPAPER SENSED(L) +5VDC

STM FEED CLUTCHPL11.6

1

+24VDC(1.1)

P2122

STM FEED CLUTCHON(L) +24VDC

8-6

8-11

Fail Code

C2-1 STM Feed Sensor on JAM

STM FEED SENSOR

BLU BLU

BLU BLU

2J212

1

1 2DC COM

BLU BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

Take Away Roll 2

C8-2

C8-2 STM Feed Sensor Static JAM

J5411

2

MOT

STM FEED MOTORPL11.6

3

4

STM FEED MOTORON +24V CLOCK




8-13

The actual H/L level is displayed inversely on the UI display.1

1

YEL

RED

ORN

BRN

Wiring Data

H J


Reissue

Figure 3 8.3 Manual Bypass

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

8.3 MANUAL BYPASS

LVPSPL8.1

BYPASSSOLENOIDPL7.5

1

+24VDC(1.1)

BYPASS SOLENOIDON(L) +24VDC

8-17

AIOC PWBPL8.1

J5023

DC COM

P/ J407A5

BYPASS SOLENOID

Bypass Feed Roll

Bypass Take Away Roll

RED

RED


Reissue

H J

B

C2-3

C6-2

C9-3

E1-6

IOT Motor

Regi. Roll

C1-2

June, 20087-26

Wiring Data

Figure 4 8.4 Paper Registration

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

AIOC PWPL8.1

8.4 PAPER REGISTRATION

LVPSPL8.1

J5031

2

IOT REGI. SENSORPL2.9

J1563

2

J1561

+5VDC(1.1)

DC COM(1.1)

LVPSPL8.1

J5033

+5VDC

P/J407A4

IOT REGI. SENSORPAPER SENSED(L) +5VDC

IOT REGI. CLUTCHPL2.9

5

+24VDC(1.1)

P6401

IOT REGI. CLUTCHON(L) +24VDC

8-5

8-10

BLU BLU

BLU BLU

AIOC PWBPL8.1

4J640

2

2 1DC COM

P/J407A6

BLU BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

IOT REGI. SENSOR

IOT REGI. CLUTCH

Fail Code

STM IOT Regi. Sensor on JAMC2-3

C6-2

C9-3

E1-6

Duplex IOT Regi. Sensor on JAM

Manual Bypass IOT Regi. Sensor on JAM

IOT Regi. Sensor Static JAM

Tray1 Regi. Sensor on JAMC1-2


1

Wiring Data

H J


Reissue

Figure 5 8.5 Paper Path

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

8.5 PAPER PATH

TRAY1 FEED SENSOR

IOT MOTOR

Take Away Roll 1

Tray 1 Feed Roll

STM FEED SENSOR STM FEED MOTOR

Take Away Roll 2

Tray 2 Feed Roll

TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR

STM NO PAPER SENSOR

IOT REGI. SENSOR

Regi. Roll

Fuser

Drum

Bypass Feed Roll

Bypass Take Away Roll

Duplex Roll 1

Duplex Roll 2

FUSER EXIT SENSOR

EXIT MOTOR

Exit RollExit Roll


Reissue

H J

9-0

mCharge Corotron

Grid

Magnet Roll

Deve Bias

June, 20087-28

Wiring Data

Chain 9 Marking

Figure 1 9.1 Xerographics

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

AIOC PWBPL8.1

9.1 XEROGRAPHICS

J4062

4

HVPS PWBPL8.2

J5202

4

J5201

AIOC PWBPL8.1

UJ406

1

CHARGE ON(L) +5VDC

DEVE BIAS AC/DC ON(L) +5VDC

HVPS ERROR(L) +5VDC

Fail Code

U9-0 HVPS fail

DC COM

DC COM

5

3

DC COM

DC COM

9

7

8

5

3

9

7

8

TRANSFER ON(L) +5VDC

TRANSFER S/D ON

DRUM CARTRIDGEPL4.1

CHARGE

GRID

DEVEBIAS

TRANSFER COROTRONHOUSINGPL4.3

GND

DETACK

TRANSFER

GND

+5VDC

INTLK+24VDC

DC COM(1.1)

RED RED

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

9-4

9-5

9.3

INTLK+24VDC

Dru

Transfer Corotron

Detack Saw

Paper

Wiring Data

H J

TONER EMPTY SENSOR

CRUM


Reissue

Figure 2 9.2 Toner Sense and CRUM

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

9.2 TONER SENSE AND CRUM

AIOC PWBPL8.1

LVPSPL8.1

J5091

3

+24VDC(1.1)

DC COM(1.1)

TONER EMPTY SENSORPL4.2

LVPSPL8.1

J1101

3

P1104

2

P1103

1

J1102

4 J1-2

J5092

4P/J407

B4

+5VDC

TONER EMPTY SENSORTONER SENSED(L) +5VDC

9-7

AIOC PWBPL8.1

J4021

2

+12VDC 3.2

DC COM

INTLK+24VDC

(1.2)

DRUM CARTRIDGEPL4.1

P6107

J6101

35

4

5

53

62

7 1

P6104

J6104

CRUM

DC COM(1.1)

2

1

CRU ID

INTLK +5VDC

+5VDC

6

J4023

INTLK +5VDC

DRUM CARTRIDGESENSED(L) +5VDC

+5VDC

6.3

J3-1

J7-1

J7-2

J7-39-2

J1-2

J3-1

J7-1

J7-2

J7-3

Fail Code

Toner Empty

No Drum cartridge

Drum CRUM communication error

Drum CRUM Market identity mismatch

Drum CRUM ID error

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLUGRN

WHTRED

BLK

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

INTLK+5VDC

DRUM CARTRIDGE


1

J6-1

J6-1 Drum cartridge life end


Reissue

H J

ERASE LAMP

June, 20087-30

Wiring Data

Figure 3 9.3 Erase Lamp

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

9.3 ERASE LAMP

AIOC PWBPL8.1

HVPS PWBPL8.2

J4066

J5206

J5211

3

2

DC COM DC COM

DC COM

+24VDC

INTLK+24VDC

(9.1)

ERASE LAMPPL4.2

ERASE LAMP ON(L) +5VDC

9-6

BLU BLU BLU

BLU

BLU

J2101

3

2

Wiring Data

Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation

H J

Fuser On Time Fail

Over Heat Temp Fail

AIOC PWBPL8.1

J4081

+5VDC

U4-1

U4-2

U4-3

FS1 thermistor defect

BLU


Reissue

Figure 1 10.1 Fuser Temperature Control

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

F26

F25

J6011

P6012

F27

F28

AIOC PWBPL8.1

10.1 FUSER TEMPERATURE CONTROL

LVPSPL8.1

Fail Code

+5VDCP/ J407

B6

B5

J33

DC COM

ACHSWITCHED

(1.1)

DC COM

+24VDCINTLK(1.2)

1

ACN(1.1)

J6002

1

FUSER LAMP ON ACH

FUSERPL5.1

THERMOSTAT

FUSER LAMP

THERMISTOR

J4082

P6011

J6012

DC COM(1.1)

FUSER THERMISTORSENSED SIGNAL

10-20

U4-1

U4-2

U4-3

THERMOSTAT

THERMISTOR

FUSER LAMP

BLUBLU

BLK BLK

WHT WHT

BLK

BLU


Reissue

H J

LVPSPL8.1

AIOC PWBPL8.1

J5053

E1-2+5VDC

XIT SENSORENSED(L) +5VDC E3-1

3

Fail Code

BLU

P/J407A3

E3-6

E1-2

E3-1

E3-6

Fuser Exit Sensor on JAM

Fuser Exit Sensor off JAM

Fuser Exit Sensor Static JAM

IOT Motor

SENSOR

Exit Roll

1

The actual H/L level is displayed inversely on the UI display.

1

June, 20087-32

Wiring Data

Figure 2 10.2 Exit

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

10.2 EXIT AND DUPLEX

LVPSPL8.1

J5051

2

FUSER EXIT SENSORPL6.3

J1533

2

J1531

+5VDC

DC COM(1.1)

FUSER EPAPER S

10-2

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

DUPLEX PWBPL8.2

J5516

5

4

EXIT MOTORPL6.3

3

2

1

J5501

2

3

4

5

AIOC PWBPL8.1

J4169

8

7

6

5

MOT

EXIT MOTORON CLOCK

EXIT MOTORON CLOCK

EXIT MOTORON CLOCK

EXIT MOTORON CLOCK

EXIT MOTORON +24V CLOCK

BLUBLU

BLUBLU

BLUBLU

BLUBLU




INTLK+24VDC

(1.2)

Simplex Transport:

Exit Roll is driven by IOT Motor.

EXIT MOTOR

FUSER EXIT

IOT Motor

FUSER EXIT SENSOR

Exit Roll

Duplex (Side 2) Transport:

Exit Roll is driven by EXIT Motor.

10-810-9

BLU BLU

EXIT MOTORCURR

YEL

BLK

ORN

BRN

RED

RED

F1

Wiring Data

H J


Reissue

Figure 3 10.3 Machine Cooling

A B C D E F G

1

2

3

4

5

6

+24VDC

10.3 MACHINE COOLING

4-2

10-60

AIOC PWBPL8.1

J4053

2

DC COM(1.1)

NOHAD FANPL9.2

AIOC PWBPL8.1

J4051

+5VDC

U4-9

MOT

NOHAD FAN ON(H) +24VDC

NOHAD FAN FAIL(H) +5VDC

Fail Code

U4-9 Nohad Fan defect

BLU

RED

BLK

1

NOHAD FAN

1NOHAD FAN rotates at low speed when Diag is off,and at high speed when Diag is on.Voltage levels are as follows:Low Speed: approx. 15VDCHigh Speed: approx. 24VDC


Reissue
June, 20087-34
Wiring Data

Wiring Data

Wirenets

F25T

LOWVOLTAGEPOWERSUPPLY

F26

J52

FUSER LAMP

1.1

10.1

BLK

F27FUSER LAMP

10.1

FUSER


Reissue

FS32FS31

F28 THERMOSTAJ600

FS11

POWER CORD

BLK

WHT

POWER SWITCH

7.2.1 WIRE NET AC POWER (HOT)

BLKBRN

GN/YL

FS60

LOWVOLTAGEPOWERSUPPLY

J51

CHOKE COIL

J33

BLK

P6002

BLK

(SEE WIRE NET AC POWER (NEUT))

1

1 Wire ColorBLK: 100V M/C, BRN: 200V M/C

BLK

FUSER

J600

7.2.2 WIRE NET AC POWER (NEUT)

FS34FS33FS12

POWER CORD

WHT

POWER SWITCH

GN/YL

FS60

LOW VOLTAGEPOWER SUPPLY

J31

WHT

P6001

WHT

(SEE WIRE NET AC POWER (HOT))BLK DC POWER

GENERATION

1 Wire ColorWHT: 100V M/C, BLU: 200V M/C

1BLU


Reissue
June, 20087-36
Wiring Data

LENS ASSEMBLY

ADF PWB

7.2.3 WIRE NET +3.3VDC


+3.3VDC

AIOC PWB

A16

A17

B16

B17

J4094

5

J414B6

IIT PWB

J72118

17

J731B7

P/J407

FLATCABLE

YEL

Wiring Data

PER

ENSOR

7.2

8.2

.1


Reissue

USER INTERFACEPWB

7.2.4 WIRE NET +5VDC-1


+5VDC

TRAY1 NO PAPERSENSOR

J5013

6

J5031

J5051

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLUFUSER EXIT SENSOR

J1533

IOT REGISTRATIONSENSOR

TRAY1 FEED SENSOR

P2033

J2031

J1573

BLU

J5081

GRY

STM PWB

J5401

J5423

6

STM NO PASENSOR

STM FEED S

J1713

J1723

BLU

BLU

J1563

J1583

AIOC PWB

A11

B11

J4011

2

BLU

BLU

J7108

7

P/J407

(SEE WIRE NET +5VDC-2)

8.1

8.4

10.2

7

2.1


Reissue

ENT WIDTH

R

ENT TRAY SENSOR1

ENT TRAY SENSOR2

ENT SET R

ENT LEAD ENSOR

5.1

5.1

5.1

5.2

5.2

ENT TRAY SENSOR1

ENT TRAY SENSOR2

5.1

5.1

GE R

6.2

June, 20087-38

Wiring Data

LENS ASSEMBLY

IIT PWB

DUPLEX PWB

AIOC PWB

J4096

J72116

7 15

J4163

BLU

J5507

J414B5


(FROM WIRE NET +5VDC-1)

DOCUMFEEDERSENSO

ADF PWB

6

J731B8

WHT

CN41 DOCUM

WIDTH DF3

1

DOCUMWIDTH

DF21

WHT

DF81

CN53

DOCUMSENSO

DOCUMEDGE S

DF91

DF101

WHT

WHT

WHT

DOCUMLENGTH

DF51

DOCUMLENGTH

5

WHT

WHT

DF41

FLATCABLE

CN36 CARRIA

SENSOIIT4

1GRY

YEL

Wiring Data

R

NSOR

CK

7.2

8.2

7.2


Reissue

7.2.6 WIRE NET DC COM (+5V RTN)-1


TRAY1 NO PAPERSENSOR

J5014

7

9

J5052

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLUFUSER EXIT SENSOR

J1532

TRAY1 INTERLOCKSWITCH

TRAY1 FEED SENSOR

P2032

J2032

J1572

BLU

J5083

STM PWBJ540

2J542

4

7

STM NO PAPESENSOR

STM FEED SE

J1712

J1722

BLU

BLU

J1612

J1582

J5032

BLU

IOT REGISTRATIONSENSOR

J1562

VIO

9BLU

STM INTERLOSWITCH

J1732

J5093 TONER EMPTY

SENSORP110

2J110

3BLU BLK

(SEE WIRE NETDC COM (+5VRTN)-2)

7.1

8.1

7.1

8.4

10.2

9.2

+5VRTN


Reissue

GE 6.2

9.2

June, 20087-40

Wiring Data

LENS ASSEMBLY

DUPLEX PWB

IIT PWB

AIOC PWB

J4164

BLU

J4091


A12

A13

B12

7.2.7 WIRE NET DC COM(+5V RTN)-2

B13

P/J407

J5506

J72121

2 20

J4101

6

11

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

J72034

29

31

34

29

24

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

1

(FROM WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-1)

(SEE WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-3)

FLATCABLE

CARRIASENSOR

IIT43

CN35

GRY

FLATCABLE

J4024

BLU

BLU

P6103 CRUM

J6105 1

5 2 6

DRUM CARTRIDGE

+3.3VRTN A14

A15

B14

B14

Wiring Data

6.1

AY OR1

AY OR2

5.1

5.1

AY R1

AY R2

H

T

AD

R

5.1

5.1

5.1

5.2

5.2

5.2


Reissue

USER INTERFACE PWB

AIOC PWB

7.2.8 WIRE NET DC COM(+5V RTN)-3

J4013

4

10

J4032

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

J7106

5

J6301

P6302 BILLING COUNTER

LD PWB

J7112 PLATEN OPEN

SWITCH

(FROM WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-2)

3.2

6.3

P6012

J6011 THERMISTOR

J4082

BLU

10.1

BLK

FUSER

ADF PWB

6

J414B3

J731B10

DOCUMENT TRLENGTH SENSWHT

WHT

DOCUMENT TRLENGTH SENS

DF43

DF53

YEL

B4 B9

WHT

CN42 DOCUMENT TR

WIDTH SENSODF3

3

DOCUMENT TRWIDTH SENSO

DF23

WHT

DOCUMENT FEEDER WIDTSENSOR

DF834

7 DOCUMENT SESENSOR

DOCUMENT LEEDGE SENSOR

DF93

DF103

WHT

WHT

9

CN52 ADF TOP COVE

SWITCHDF14

1

WHT

WHT

YEL

ROS

J1407


Reissue

ED H

FRONT COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH

3FS154

1ORN

8.2

ERASE LAMPJ210

29.3

EXIT MOTOR

10.2

June, 20087-42

Wiring Data

STM PWB



+24VDC

J5011

J5021

J5035

J50810

BLU

BLU

P2021

J2022 TRAY1 FEED

CLUTCH

BYPASS SOLENOID

P6402

J6401

IOT REGISTRATION CLUTCH

ORN

J5407

J5421 STM FE

CLUTCBLU

P2121

J2122

F1

AIOC PWB

LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY

J5064

ORN

LH COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH

FS1513

FS1521

ORN

J5063

J5062

ORN

FS153

J5061

A1

B1

J5084

J5041

BLUIOT MOTOR

N.C

J2011

P/J407

F3

F2

(SEE WIRE NET +24VDC-2)

4.1

8.1

8.3

8.4

J4069

P5209

J5212

BLU BLU

RED

J4161

DUPLEX PWBJ550

9BLU

J5511

2

ORN

RED

RED

HIGH VOLTAGEPOWER SUPPLY

Wiring Data

RIVE

DOCUMENT FEED CLUTCH

5.3

5.3

6.2

6.2


Reissue

LENS ASSEMBLY

ROS

INVERTER PWB

AIOC PWB



A7

A8

B8

B7

J4037

J4099

10

IIT PWBJ721

13

12

P6204

J6201 ROS MOTOR

J1305

BLU

J414B1

B2

ADF PWBJ731

B12

B11

CN31

WHT

CN21

4

WHT

BLK

DOCUMENT DMOTOR

DF132

DF131

P/J407

(FROM WIRE NET +24VDC-1)

6.3

FLATCABLE

CARRIAGE MOTOR

IIT55

1111

RED

CN45

CN31

GRY

INV CN11

YEL

YEL

J5091

P1104

BLU

J1101

RED

TONER EMPTY SENSOR

9.2


Reissue

TOR6.3

INVERTER PWB 6.2

June, 20087-44

Wiring Data

LENS ASSEMBLY

ROS

IOT MOTOR

7.2.11 WIRE NET DC COM(+24V RTN)

AIOC PWB


+24VRTNJ504

2

J5088

A7

B8

A8

B1

B7

J2012

J5405

J4038

J4052

J4067

8

21

J4162

BLU

VIO

P/J407

J40920

J414A11

A12

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

P6203

J6202

NOHAD FAN

ADF PWBJ731A2

A1

J5508

IIT PWBJ721

2

1

HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY

8

ROS MOJ130

4

10.3

4.1

FLATCABLE

CN33

INV CN13

GRY

9.1

BLK

YEL

YEL

J5207

STM PWB

DUPLEX PWB

Wiring Data

7.1 P/J Locations


Reissue

7.1.1 How to Use the P/J LocationsThe installation location of a connector can be checked by referring to its Fig No. and Item No. from the P/J No. in the 7.1.2 PJ List.


Reissue

Inverter PWB

Inverter PWB

SLCC PWB

SLCC PWB

SLCC PWB

SLCC PWB

AIOC PWB

STM

CRU

NBCR PWB

NSC PWB

AIOC PWB

AIOC PWB

AIOC PWB

AIOC PWB

LVPS

CRU

Fuser Lamp

Choke Coil

SLCC PWB

Toner Empty Sensor

ROS MPA

ROS

Fuser Exit Sensor

IOT Regi. Sensor

Tray 1 No Paper Sensor

Tray 1 Feed Sensor

ROS, Video

Tray 1 Interlock Sensor

STM No Paper Sensor

STM Feed Sensor

STM Interlock Switch

IOT Motor

ROS, SOS PWB

ROS, SOS PWB

Tray 1 Feed Clutch

Tray 1 No Paper Sensor

Erase Lamp

STM Feed Clutch

SLCC PWB

Table 1

Description

June, 20087-46

Wiring Data

7.1.2 P/J List

Table 1

P/J No.Figure No. Item No. Description

CN1 Figure 12 1 DADF Control PWB

CN2 Figure 11 6 ADF PWB










DF2 Figure 10 3 Document Tray Width Sensor 2

DF3 Figure 10 2 Document Tray Width Sensor 1

DF4 Figure 10 4 Document Tray Length Sensor 1

DF5 Figure 10 5 Document Tray Length Sensor 2

DF8 Figure 10 6 Document Feeder Width Sensor

DF9 Figure 10 7 Document Tray Set Sensor

DF10 Figure 10 8 Document Lead Edge Sensor

DF13 Figure 10 1 ADF Top Cover Switch

DF14 Figure 11 3 ADF Top Cover Switch

DF14 Figure 12 14 Feeder Cover Switch

F25 Figure 5 1 Fuser Thermostat

F26 Figure 5 4 Fuser Lamp

F27 Figure 5 3 Fuser Lamp

F28 Figure 5 2 Fuser Thermostat

FS11 Figure 9 4 Inlet

FS12 Figure 9 6 Inlet

FS151 Figure 4 8 LH Cover Interlock Switch

FS152 Figure 4 7 LH Cover Interlock Switch

FS153 Figure 3 4 Front Cover Interlock Switch

FS154 Figure 3 5 Front Cover Interlock Switch

FS31 Figure 9 7 Power Switch




FS60 Figure 9 5 Inlet GND

IIT4 Figure 1 5 Carriage Sensor

IIT5 Figure 1 6 Carriage Motor

INV CN1 Figure 1 2

INV CN2 Figure 1 1

J333 Figure 13 23

J340 Figure 13 22

J341 Figure 13 21

J342 Figure 13 20

J411 Figure 7 1

J508 Figure 6 8

J610 Figure 8 2

NBCR CN6 Figure 1 7

NSC CN1 Figure 1 8

P412 Figure 7 14

P417 Figure 7 16

P418 Figure 7 15

P419 Figure 7 2

P508 Figure 9 15

P610 Figure 8 9

P/J3 Figure 9 18

P/J5 Figure 9 17

P/J5 Figure 13 3

P/J110 Figure 3 6

P/J130 Figure 2 2

P/J140 Figure 2 5

P/J153 Figure 4 1

P/J156 Figure 4 4

P/J157 Figure 3 7

P/J158 Figure 4 6

P/J160 Figure 2 6

P/J161 Figure 4 5

P/J171 Figure 6 2

P/J172 Figure 6 1

P/J173 Figure 6 3

P/J201 Figure 8 6

P/J201 Figure 2 4

P/J2011 Figure 2 1

P/J202 Figure 8 7

P/J203 Figure 8 8

P/J210 Figure 3 1

P/J212 Figure 6 4

P/J380 Figure 13 6

P/J No.Figure No. Item No.

Wiring Data

Table 1

Duplex PWB

Duplex PWB

Fuser Lamp

Fuser Thermistor

ROS MPA

Billing ID

IOT Regi Clutch

UI

Platen Switch

IIT Data

IIT Power

ADF

Document Feed Clutch

Exit/Invert Sensor

Registration Sensor

Registration Clutch

Exit/Invert Clutch

Exit/Invert Solenoid

Table 1

Description


Reissue

P391 Figure 13 24 SLCC PWB

P/J401 Figure 7 6 UI

P/J401 Figure 13 7 SLCC PWB

P/J402 Figure 7 11 CRU ID


P/J403 Figure 7 12 ROS


P/J404 Figure 7 5 ROS, Video


P/J405 Figure 7 9 Nohad Fan


P/J406 Figure 7 8 HVPS


P/J407 Figure 9 16 LVPS-AIOC PWB

P/J407 Figure 13 18 LVPS-SLCC PWB

P/J408 Figure 7 13 AIOC PWB







P/J414A/B Figure 7 7 AIOC PWB

P/J414A/B Figure 13 8 SLCC PWB





P/J501 Figure 9 13 LVPS









P/J540 Figure 6 7 STM

P/J541 Figure 6 5 STM Feed Motor

P/J542 Figure 6 6 STM (TOTAL CL, SNR, SW)

P/J No.Figure No. Item No. Description

P/J550 Figure 8 3

P/J551 Figure 8 4

P/J600 Figure 4 2

P/J601 Figure 4 3

P/J620 Figure 2 3

P/J630 Figure 8 1

P/J640 Figure 8 5

P/J710 Figure 1 9

P/J711 Figure 1 10

P/J720 Figure 1 4

P/J721 Figure 1 3

P/J731A/B Figure 11 1

P/J801 Figure 12 11

P/J802 Figure 12 12

P/J803 Figure 12 13

P/J804 Figure 12 10

P/J805 Figure 12 9

P/J806 Figure 12 8

P/J No.Figure No. Item No.


Reissue
June, 20087-48
Wiring Data

Figure 1 IIT

Wiring Data
Reissue

Figure 2 ROS


Reissue
June, 20087-50
Wiring Data

Figure 3 HVPS

Wiring Data
Reissue

Figure 4 LH


Reissue
June, 20087-52
Wiring Data

Figure 5 Fuser

Wiring Data
Reissue

Figure 6 STM


Reissue
June, 20087-54
Wiring Data

Figure 7 AIOC PWB

Wiring Data
Reissue

Figure 8 Rear


Reissue

P/J503

June, 20087-56

Wiring Data

Figure 9 Inlet & LVPS

P/J505

Wiring Data
Reissue

Figure 10 ADF/DADF


Reissue
June, 20087-58
Wiring Data

Figure 11 ADF 2

Wiring Data
Reissue

Figure 12 DADF Control PWB


Reissue
June, 20087-60
Wiring Data

Figure 13 SLCC PWB

xerox workcentre 5016 5020 service manual

Documents

xerox service documentation

service of equipment

customer releases xerox

xerox harmless

usawhile xerox

xerox external customers

customer services

xerox private data